Avyakt murli for Sunday 4 September 2005

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.
0> 04-09-05 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन> 04-09-05 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban> 04-09-05 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x> 04-09-05 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 04-09-2005 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1“ शिक्षा के साथ क्षमा और रहम को अपना लो . “ śhikṣhā kē sāth kṣhamā aur rahm kō apnā lō . “ śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] aur rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . “ teachings with forgiveness and mercy to adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .

2दुआयें दो , दुआयें लो तो आपका घर आश्रम बन जायेगा ”duāyē̃ dō , duāyē̃ low|lō tō āpkā ghar āśhram ban jāyēgā ”duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ”blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) then you[.kā] home ashram become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ”

3आज बापदादा सर्व बच्चों के मस्तक में प्युरिटी की रेखायें देख रहे हैं क्योंकि ब्राह्मण जीवन का फाउण्डेशन ही है पवित्रता . āj bāpdādā sarv bachchō̃ K|kē mastak mē̃ purity key|kī rēkhāyē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ kyōṅki brāhmaṇ jīvan kā foundation hī hai pavitratā . āj bāpdādā sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] purity key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . today BapDada all child (K|of) forehead in purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because Brahmin life of foundation only be[pres.sg.23] purity .

1Today, BapDada is seeing the lines of purity on the forehead of all the children, because the foundation of Brahmin life is purity.

4पवित्रता की रेखायें कौन-सी हैं , जानते हो  ? pavitratā key|kī rēkhāyē̃ kaun-sī haĩ , jāntē hō  ? pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jānnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line which be[pres.pl.12hon3] , know[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

2Do you know what the lines of purity are?

5पवित्रता सर्व को प्रिय है . pavitratā sarv kō priya hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] priy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity all to having love for be[pres.sg.23] .

3Everyone loves purity.

6पवित्रता सुख , शान्ति , प्रेम , आनन्द की जननी है . pavitratā sukh , śhānti , prēm , ānand key|kī jananī hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti , prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ānand[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jananī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity happiness , peace , love , bliss (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] .

4Purity is the mother of happiness, peace, love, and bliss.

7पवित्रता मानव का सच्चा श्रृंगार है . pavitratā mānav kā sachchā śhrr̥iṅgār hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] mānav[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity x of true (decoration|decorate[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .

5Purity is the true decoration of human life.

8पवित्रता नहीं तो मानव जीवन का मूल्य नहीं . pavitratā nahī̃ tō mānav jīvan kā mūlya nahī̃ . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] mānav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . purity otherwise x life of value not .

6If there is no purity, human life has no value.

9जैसे देखते हो देवतायें पवित्र हैं , इसलिए ही माननीय और पूजनीय हैं . jaisē dēkhtē hō dēvtāyē̃ pavitra haĩ , isliē hī mānanīy aur pūjanīy haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] dēvtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , isliē hī[p.] mānanīy[adj.] aur x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like see[pres.pl.m.2] deity pure be[pres.pl.12hon3] , therefore only who are worthy of respect and x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

7You can see that deities are pure, and this is why they are worthy of respect and worthy of worship.

10पवित्रता नहीं तो मानव जीवन को आजकल देख रहे हो . pavitratā nahī̃ tō mānav jīvan kō ājkal dēkh rahē hō . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] mānav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ājkal dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . purity otherwise x life to nowadays see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

8When there is no purity, you can see the human life of today.

11बापदादा ने आप सभी बच्चों को बाह्मण जन्म का वरदान यही दिया - पवित्र भव , योगी भव . bāpdādā nē āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō bāhmaṇ janm kā vardān yahī diyā - pavitra bhav , yōgī bhav . bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - pavitr[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōgī[x] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada ∅ you all child to x (be born[root]|life) of blessing this give[past-part.m.sg.d.] - pure (may you be|x) , yogi (may you be|x) .

9BapDada gave all of you children this blessing for your Brahmin life: “May you be pure, may you be yogi”.

12जिस आत्मा में पवित्रता है , उसकी चाल , चलन , चेहरा चमकता है इसलिए पवित्रता ही जीवन को श्रेष्ठ बनाने वाली है . jis ātmā mē̃ pavitratā hai , uskī chāl , chalan , chēhrā chamaktā hai isliē pavitratā hī jīvan kō śhrēṣhṭh banānē vālī hai . jō[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that soul in purity be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kī] (x|move[root]) , behaviour , face x[pres.sg.m.23] therefore purity only life to elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

10The activity, behaviour and face of a soul who has purity sparkles. 11This is why purity is that which makes your life elevated.

13वास्तव में आपसब बच्चों का आदि स्वरूप ही पवित्रता है . vāstav mē̃ āpasab bachchō̃ kā ādi svarūp hī pavitratā hai . vāstav mē̃[x] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x child of etc. form only purity be[pres.sg.23] .

12In fact, the original form of all of you children is purity.

14अनादि स्वरूप भी पवित्रता है . anādi svarūp bhī pavitratā hai . anādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . eternal form too purity be[pres.sg.23] .

13Your eternal form is also purity.

15ऐसी पवित्र आत्माओं की विशेषतायें उनकी जीवन में सदा पवित्रता की पर्सनैलिटी दिखाई देती है . aisī pavitra ātmāō̃ key|kī viśhēṣhatāyē̃ unkī jīvan mē̃ sadā pavitratā key|kī personality dikhāī dētī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vah[pn.pl.kī] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] personality dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . such pure soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality that[.kī] life in constantly purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) personality be visible .

14The speciality of such souls is that the personality of purity are always visible in their life.

16पवित्रता की रियलिटी , पवित्रता की रॉयल्टी चेहरे और चाल में दिखाई देती है . pavitratā key|kī reality , pavitratā key|kī royalty chēhrē aur chāl mē̃ dikhāī dētī hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] reality , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] royalty chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) reality , purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) royalty face and (x|move[root]) in be visible .

15The reality of purity, and the royalty of purity is visible on the face, and in the activity, of such souls.

17यह रेखायें जीवन का श्रृंगार है . yah rēkhāyē̃ jīvan kā śhrr̥iṅgār hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this line life of (decoration|decorate[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .

16These lines are the decoration of your life.

18रीयल्टी है – “ मेरा अनादि-आदि स्वरूप पवित्र है ” , यह स्मृति समर्थ बना देती है . reality hai – “ mērā anādi-ādi svarūp pavitra hai ” , yah smr̥iti samarth banā dētī hai . reality hōnā[pres.sg.23] – “ maĩ[pn.sg.kā] anādi-ādi[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ” , yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] samarth[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . reality be[pres.sg.23] – “ I[.kā] eternal and original form pure be[pres.sg.23] ” , this awareness powerful (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .

17The reality is: “I, the soul, in my original and eternal form”. 18By having this awareness, you become powerful.

19रॉयल्टी है - स्वयं भी स्वमान में और हर एक को सम्मान देकर चलने वाला . royalty hai - svayã bhī svamān mē̃ aur har ēk kō sammān dēkar chalnē vālā . royalty hōnā[pres.sg.23] - svayã bhī[p.] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . royalty be[pres.sg.23] - x too self-respect in and each one to respect give[abs.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

19The royalty is that you yourself have your self-respect, and you move along giving respect to everyone.

20पर्सनैलिटी है – “ सदा सन्तुष्टता और प्रसन्नता ” . personality hai – “ sadā santuṣhṭatā aur prasannatā ” . personality hōnā[pres.sg.23] – “ sadā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] aur prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] ” . personality be[pres.sg.23] – “ constantly contentment and happiness ” . 21स्वयं भी सन्तुष्ट और अन्य को भी सन्तुष्ट करने वाले . svayã bhī santuṣhṭ aur anya kō bhī santuṣhṭ karnē vālē . svayã bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur anya[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x too content and other to too content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

20The personality is to have constant contentment and happiness: you yourself are content, and you make all others content.

22पवित्रता से प्राप्तियाँ भी बहुत है . pavitratā sē prāptiyā̃ bhī bahut hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity from attainment too very be[pres.sg.23] . 23बापदादा ने आप सभी बच्चों को क्या-क्या प्राप्ति कराई है , वह जानते हो ना  ! bāpdādā nē āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō kyā-kyā prāpti karāī hai , vah jāntē hō nā  ! bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! BapDada ∅ you all child to what attainment make commit[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

21There are also many attainments through purity: you know what attainments BapDada has given all of you children, do you not?

24कितने खज़ानों से भरपूर किया है . kitnē khazānō̃ sē bharpūr kiyā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . so treasure from full do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

22With how many treasures has he filled you?

25अगर प्राप्तियों को स्मृति में रखें तो भरपूर हो जायें . agar prāptiyō̃ kō smr̥iti mē̃ rakhē̃ tō bharpūr hō jāyē̃ . agar prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . if attainment to awareness in keep[opt.pl.12hon3] then full be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

23If you were to keep these attainments in your awareness, you would become full.

26सबसे पहला खज़ाना दिया है - ज्ञान का खज़ाना . sabsē pahlā khazānā diyā hai - gyān kā khazānā . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . the most x treasure give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - knowledge of treasure . 27जिससे जीवन में रहते दुख-अशान्ति से मुक्त हो जाते . jissē jīvan mē̃ rahtē dukh-aśānti sē mukt hō jātē . jō[pn.sg.sē] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that[.sē] life in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x from free (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

24The first treasure you have been given is the treasure of knowledge, through which you become free from sorrow and anxiety, whilst living your life.

28व्यर्थ संकल्प , निगेटिव संकल्प , विकल्प , विकर्म से मुक्त हो जाते हैं . vyarth saṅkalp , negative saṅkalp , vikalp , vikarma sē mukt hō jātē haĩ . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , negative saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vikalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vikarm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . wasteful thought , negative thought , x , sin from free be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

25You become free from waste thoughts, negative thoughts, sinful thoughts, and sinful actions.

29अगर कोई भी व्यर्थ संकल्प व विकल्प आता भी है , तो ज्ञान के बल से विजयी बन जाते हैं . agar kōī bhī vyarth saṅkalp va vikalp ātā bhī hai , tō gyān K|kē bal sē vijayī ban jātē haĩ . agar kōī bhī[x] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] va vikalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . if anyone wasteful thought x x come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , then knowledge (K|of) strength from victorious become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

26If you have any wasteful or sinful thoughts, then, through the power of knowledge, you become victorious.

30दूसरा खज़ाना है - याद , योग . dūsrā khazānā hai - yād , yōg . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - yād[n.f.;sg.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . other treasure be[pres.sg.23] - remembrance , yoga . 31जिससे शक्तियों की प्राप्ति होती है और शक्तियों के आधार से सर्व समस्याओं को , सर्व विघ्नों को सहज पार कर लेते हैं . jissē śhaktiyō̃ key|kī prāpti hōtī hai aur śhaktiyō̃ K|kē ādhār sē sarv samasyāō̃ kō , sarv vighnō̃ kō sahaj pār kar lētē haĩ . jō[pn.sg.sē] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sarv[adj.] vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] pār karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . that[.sē] Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] and Shakti (K|of) basis from all problem to , all obstacle to easy x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

27The second treasure is remembrance - yoga - through which you attain the powers. 28And, on the basis of all the powers, you easily overcome all problems and obstacles.

32तीसरा खज़ाना है - धारणाओं का , जिससे सर्वगुणों की प्राप्ति होती है . tīsrā khazānā hai - dhārṇāō̃ kā , jissē sarvguṇō̃ key|kī prāpti hōtī hai . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - dhārṇā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.sg.sē] sarvguṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . third treasure be[pres.sg.23] - dharna of , that[.sē] all virtues (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] .

29The third treasure is dharna, through which you attain all virtues.

33और चौथा खज़ाना है - सेवा का . aur chauthā khazānā hai - sēvā kā . aur chauthā[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . and fourth treasure be[pres.sg.23] - service of .

30The fourth treasure is service.

34सेवा करने से , जिसकी सेवा करते हो उसकी दुआयें मिलती है , खुशी प्राप्त होती हैं . sēvā karnē sē , jiskī sēvā kartē hō uskī duāyē̃ miltī hai , khuśhī prāpt hōtī haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] , jō[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from , that[.kī] service do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kī] blessing receive[pres.sg.f.23] , happiness reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

31By doing service, you receive blessings from those you serve, and you also receive happiness.

35इतने खज़ाने बाप से आप सभी बच्चों को प्राप्त होते हैं . itnē khazānē bāp sē āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō prāpt hōtē haĩ . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such treasure father from you all child to reached be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

32All of you children receive all these many treasures from the Father.

36बाप सभी को एक जैसे ही खज़ाने देते हैं . bāp sabhī kō ēk jaisē hī khazānē dētē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father all to one like only treasure give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 37कोई को कम , कोई को ज्यादा नहीं देते हैं . kōī kō cum|kam , kōī kō jyādā nahī̃ dētē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some to (x|less) , some to more not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

33The Father gives all of you equal treasures: it isn’t that he gives less treasures to some, and more treasures to others.

38लेकिन लेनेवालों में फर्क हो जाता है . lēkin lēnēvālō̃ mē̃ phark hō jātā hai . lēkin x mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . but x in difference be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

34But there is a difference in those who take.

39कोई बच्चे तो खज़ाने को प्राप्त कर खाते , पीते , मौज करते और फिर मौज में खत्म कर देते हैं . kōī bachchē tō khazānē kō prāpt kar khātē , pītē , mauj kartē aur phir mauj mē̃ khatm kar dētē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] prāpt karnā[root] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . some child then treasure to reach (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) , drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pleasure do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and (then|turn[root]) pleasure in finished do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

35Some children attain the treasures and eat, drink, and enjoy themselves, and use up everything in their enjoyment.

40और कोई बच्चे खाते , पीते , मौज करते जमा भी करते हैं . aur kōī bachchē khātē , pītē , mauj kartē jamā bhī kartē haĩ . aur kōī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . someone else child (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) , drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pleasure do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

36Some children eat, drink, and enjoy themselves, and also accumulate.

41और कोई बच्चे कार्य में भी लगाते और बढाते भी जाते हैं . aur kōī bachchē kārya mē̃ bhī lagātē aur baḍhātē bhī jātē haĩ . aur kōī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur x bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . someone else child task in too attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and x too go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

37Some children use everything, but they also continue to increase it.

42बढाने की चाबी है - खज़ाने को स्व के प्रति और दूसरों के प्रति यूज करना . baḍhānē key|kī chābī hai - khazānē kō sva kē prati aur dūsrō̃ kē prati use karnā . baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sva kē prati[x] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] use karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) key be[pres.sg.23] - treasure to x for and other for use do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

38The key to increasing the treasures is to use them for the self and for others.

43जो यूज करता है वह बढ़ाता है . jō use kartā hai vah baṛhātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] use karnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that use do[pres.sg.m.23] that increase[pres.sg.m.23] .

39Those who use them, increase them.

44तो अपने आपसे पूछो कि यह विशेष खज़ाने जमा हैं  ? tō apnē āpsē pūchhō ki yah viśhēṣh khazānē jamā haĩ  ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[x]  ? then one’s own you[.sē] ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this special treasure x[x]  ?

40So, ask yourself: “have I accumulated these special treasures?”.

45जमा हैं  ? jamā haĩ  ? jamnā[x]  ? x[x]  ?

41Have you accumulated them?

46क्या कहेंगे  ? kyā kahē̃gē  ? kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

42What would you say?

47हाँ या थोड़ा-थोड़ा  ? hā̃ yā thōṛā-thōṛā  ? hā̃ yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? yes or short  ?

43Yes? 44Or, only a little?

48जिसके पास यह खज़ाने जमा हैं वह सदा भरपूर रहता है . jiskē pās|pass yah khazānē jamā haĩ vah sadā bharpūr rahtā hai . jō[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass yah[pn.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.kē] (x|pass) this treasure x[x] that constantly full remain[pres.sg.m.23] .

45Those who have accumulated these treasures always remain full.

49देखो कोई भी चीज़ भरपूर रहती है ना , तो हलचल नही होती है . dēkhō kōī bhī chīz bharpūr rahtī hai nā , tō halchal nahī hōtī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī bhī[x] chīz[n.f.;sg.] bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā , tō halchal[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anyone thing full remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ , then upheaval not be[pres.sg.f.23] .

46Look, anything that is full doesn’t have any fluctuation.

50अगर भरपूर नहीं होती तो हलचल होती है , हिलती है . agar bharpūr nahī̃ hōtī tō halchal hōtī hai , hiltī hai . agar bharpūr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , hilnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if full not be[pres-part.f.] then upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] , x[pres.sg.f.23] . 51कोई भी चीज़ को अगर पूरी रीति से भर नहीं दो तो वह हिलती है , तो यहाँ भी अगर सर्व खज़ानों से भरपूर नही हैं , तो हलचल होती है . kōī bhī chīz kō agar pūrī rīti sē bhar nahī̃ dō tō vah hiltī hai , tō yahā̃ bhī agar sarv khazānō̃ sē bharpūr nahī haĩ , tō halchal hōtī hai . kōī bhī[x] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] agar pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bharnā[root] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] hilnā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō yahā̃ bhī[p.] agar sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . anyone thing to if (puri|full) way from fill[root] not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) then that x[pres.sg.f.23] , then here too if all treasure from full not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] .

47When it is not full, it fluctuates and shakes: anything that is not completely full will shake. 48Here too, if you are not full of all treasures, then there is upheaval.

52सदा यह नशा रहे कि बाप के खज़ाने मेरा जन्मसिद्ध अधिकार है . sadā yah naśhā rahē ki bāp K|kē khazānē mērā janmasiddh adhikār hai . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] janmasiddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . constantly this intoxication (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) that father (K|of) treasure I[.kā] x right be[pres.sg.23] .

49Always have the intoxication that the Father’s treasures are your birthright.

53बाप ने दिया , आपने लिया तो सब खज़ाने किसके हुए  ? bāp nē diyā , āpnē liyā tō sab khazānē kiskē huē  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.nē] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sab[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? father ∅ give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , you[.nē] take[past-part.m.sg.d.] then all treasure who[.kē] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

50The Father gave them, and you took them, so to whom do all the treasures belong?

54आपके हो गये ना . āpkē hō gayē nā . āp[pn.pl.kē] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . you[.kē] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .

51They belong to you, do they not?

55तो जिसके पास खज़ाने हैं , वह कितना नशे में रहता है  ? tō jiskē pās|pass khazānē haĩ , vah kitnā naśhē mē̃ rahtā hai  ? tō jō[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then that[.kē] (x|pass) treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that so intoxication in remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

52Those who have these treasures remain so intoxicated.

56जैसे छोटा-सा राजा का लड़का राजकुमार होता है . jaisē chhōṭā-sā rājā kā laṛakā rājkumār hōtā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x rājkumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . like small king of x x be[pres.sg.m.23] . 57पता भी नही होता है कि बाप के पास क्या-क्या खज़ाना है लेकिन नशा रहता है कि बाप के खज़ाने मेरे खज़ाने हैं और खज़ाने की खुशी में रहता है . patā bhī nahī hōtā hai ki bāp kē pās kyā-kyā khazānā hai lēkin naśhā rahtā hai ki bāp K|kē khazānē mērē khazānē haĩ aur khazānē key|kī khuśhī mē̃ rahtā hai . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] kyā khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . knowledge too not be[pres.sg.m.23] that father to what treasure be[pres.sg.23] but intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] that father (K|of) treasure I[.kē] treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] and treasure (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) happiness in remain[pres.sg.m.23] .

53A young prince, a child of a king, is not even aware of what treasures his father has, yet he has the intoxication that his father’s treasures are his treasures. 54And he has the happiness of owning those treasures.

58अगर खुशी कम रहती है तो उसका कारण क्या होता है  ? agar khuśhī cum|kam rahtī hai tō uskā kāraṇ kyā hōtā hai  ? agar khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? if happiness (x|less) remain[pres.sg.f.23] then that[.kā] because what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

55If there is little happiness, what is the reason for that?

59बाप ने तो खज़ाने दिये हैं , सुना . bāp nē tō khazānē diyē haĩ , sunā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . father ∅ then treasure give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .

56The Father gave you the treasures. 57You heard Baba.

60लेकिन एक हैं सुननेवाले , दूसरे हैं समानेवाले . lēkin ēk haĩ sunanēvālē , dūsrē haĩ samānēvālē . lēkin ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] x , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] x . but one be[pres.pl.12hon3] x , other be[pres.pl.12hon3] x .

58However, one type are those who listen, and the others are those who merge them into themselves.

61जो समानेवाले हैं वह नशे में रहते हैं . jō samānēvālē haĩ vah naśhē mē̃ rahtē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that intoxication in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

59So, those who merge them are the ones who stay intoxicated.

62आज नये-नये बच्चे भी आये हैं . āj nayē-nayē bachchē bhī āyē haĩ . āj nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today new child too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

60Today, new children have come.

63बापदादा आप लक्की बच्चों को आप सबके भाग्य की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā āp lucky bachchō̃ kō āp sabkē bhāgya key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] lucky bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada you lucky child to you everyone's x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

61BapDada is giving all of you lucky children congratulations for your fortune.

64अपने भाग्य को पहचाना . apnē bhāgya kō pahchānā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . one’s own x to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

62Have you recognised your fortune?

65पहचाना है  ? pahchānā hai  ? pahchānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? recognise[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

63Have you recognised it?

66परमात्म-प्यार , अविनाशी प्यार जो सिर्फ एक जन्म नहीं चलता , अनेक जन्म सदा ही प्यार कायम रहता है क्योकि यह जो समय चल रहा है , यह समय भी संगमयुग भाग्यवान युग है . paramātma-pyār , avināśhī pyār jō sirph ēk janm nahī̃ chaltā , anēk janm sadā hī pyār kāyam rahtā hai kyōki yah jō samay chal rahā hai , yah samay bhī saṅgamyug bhāgyavān yug hai . paramātma-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , avināśhī[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , anēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāyam[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgyavān[x] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , imperishable love that only one (be born[root]|life) not continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , many (be born[root]|life) constantly only love x remain[pres.sg.m.23] because this that time continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , this time too confluence age fortunate age be[pres.sg.23] .

64You have received God’s love, imperishable love, which doesn’t last for just one birth: this love remains all the time, for many births, because this time that you are now passing through is also the fortunate age of the confluence.

67सतयुग को भी भाग्यवान कहते हैं लेकिन वर्तमान संगमयुग का समय उससे भी भाग्यवान है . satyug kō bhī bhāgyavān kahtē haĩ lēkin vartamān saṅgamyug kā samay ussē bhī bhāgyavān hai . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhāgyavān[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vartamān[adj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . golden age to too fortunate say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but present confluence age of time that[.sē] too fortunate be[pres.sg.23] .

65The golden age is also said to be fortunate, but the present confluence age is even more fortunate than that.

68क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

66Why?

69इस सगमयुग में ही बाप द्वारा अखण्ड भाग्य का वरदान , वर्सा प्राप्त होता है . is sagamyug mē̃ hī bāp dvārā akhaṇḍ bhāgya kā vardān , varsā prāpt hōtā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā akhaṇḍ[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this confluence age in only father through constant x of blessing , inheritance reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .

67It is only at this confluence age that you receive the blessing and inheritance of constant fortune from the Father.

70तो ऐसे संगमयुग में , भाग्यवान समय में आप सभी अपना भाग्य लेने के लिए पहुँच गये हो . tō aisē saṅgamyug mē̃ , bhāgyavān samay mē̃ āp sabhī apnā bhāgya lēnē kē liē pahũch gayē hō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , bhāgyavān[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then such confluence age in , fortunate time in you all (one’s own|adopt[root]) x take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

68So, at such a confluence age - at such a fortunate time - all of you have arrived here to claim your fortune.

71बापदादा बच्चों को बहुत एक सहज पुरुषार्थ की विधि सुनाते हैं - सहज चाहते हो ना . bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō bahut ēk sahaj puruṣhārth key|kī vidhi sunātē haĩ - sahaj chāhtē hō nā . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut ēk[adj.] sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - sahaj[adj.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . BapDada child to very one easy effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - easy x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

69BapDada will tell you children a method for very easy effort, because you want something easy, do you not?

72मुश्किल तो नहीं चाहते हो ना . muśhkil tō nahī̃ chāhtē hō nā . muśhkil[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . difficult then not x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

70You don’t want anything difficult, do you?

73इन बच्चों को तो भाग्य की सहज विधि मिल गई है . in bachchō̃ kō tō bhāgya key|kī sahaj vidhi mil gaī hai . in|yah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . (in|this) child to then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) easy method receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

71These children have found the easy method for fortune.

74मिली है ना  ? milī hai nā  ? milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ? receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  ?

72You have received it, have you not?

75सबसे सहज , और कुछ भी नही करना , सिर्फ एक बात करना . sabsē sahaj , aur kuchh bhī nahī karnā , sirph ēk bāt karnā . sabsē sahaj[adj.] , aur kuchh[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . the most easy , x too not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , only one matter do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

73It is the easiest of all. 74Do not do anything else, but just do one thing.

76एक बात तो कर सकते हो ना  ! ēk bāt tō kar saktē hō nā  ! ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā  ! one matter then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅  !

75You can do one thing, can you not?

77हाँ करो या ना करो . hā̃ karō yā nā karō . hā̃ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā nā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or ∅ do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

76Say “yes” or “no”.

78कहो हाँ जो . kahō hā̃ jō . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hā̃ jō[pn.;d.] . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yes that .

77Say “ha ji”.

79तो सबसे सहज विधि है - अमृतवेले से लेके सबको जो भी मिले , उससे दुआयें लो और दुआयें दो . tō sabsē sahaj vidhi hai - amr̥itvēlē sē lēkē sabkō jō bhī milē , ussē duāyē̃ low|lō aur duāyē̃ dō . tō sabsē sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] sabkō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.sē] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . then the most easy method be[pres.sg.23] - amrit vela from take[abs.] everything that too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , that[.sē] blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

78So, the easiest method of all is: from amrit vela, whoever you meet, receive blessings from him and give blessings.

80चाहे क्रोधी भी आवे , लेकिन आप उसको भी दुआयें दो और दुआयें लो क्योंकि दुआयें तीव्र पुरुषार्थ का बहुत सहज यन्त्र है . chāhē krōdhī bhī āvē , lēkin āp uskō bhī duāyē̃ dō aur duāyē̃ low|lō kyōṅki duāyē̃ tīvr puruṣhārth kā bahut sahaj yantra hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē krōdhī[adj.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] yantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) angry too come[opt.sg.23] , but you that[.kō] too blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) because blessing intense effort of very easy instrument be[pres.sg.23] .

79Even if an angry person comes, you just give blessings to him, and receive blessings from him, because blessings are an easy tool for intense effort.

81जैसे साइन्स में रॉकेट है ना , तो कितना जल्दी कार्य कर लेता है . jaisē science mē̃ rocket hai nā , tō kitnā jaldī kārya kar lētā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science mē̃[postp.] rocket hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . like science in rocket be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then so very quickly task do[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . 82ऐसे दुआयें देना और दुआयें लेना , यह भी एक बहुत सहज साधन है आगे बढ़ने का . aisē duāyē̃ dēnā aur duāyē̃ lēnā , yah bhī ēk bahut sahaj sādhan hai āgē baṛhnē kā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] bahut sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . such blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] and blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] , this too one very easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .

80Just as through science, a rocket carries out its task so fast, in the same way, to give blessings and to receive blessings is a very easy method to move forward.

83अमृतवेले बाप से सहज याद से दुआयें लो और सारा दिन दुआयें दो और दुआयें लो . amr̥itvēlē bāp sē sahaj yād sē duāyē̃ low|lō aur sārā din duāyē̃ dō aur duāyē̃ low|lō . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . amrit vela father from easy remembrance from blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and the whole day blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

81At amrit vela, take blessings from the Father through easy remembrance, and throughout the day give blessings and receive blessings.

84यह कर सकते हो  ? yah kar saktē hō  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

82Can you do this? 83Can you do this?

85कर सकते हो तो हाथ उठाओ . kar saktē hō tō hāth uṭhāō . karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] then raise your hands .

84If you can do this, then raise your hands?

86कोई बददुआ दे तो क्या करेंगे  ? kōī badduā dē tō kyā karē̃gē  ? kōī[pn.;d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? some bad wish (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

85What would you do if someone has bad wishes for you?

87आपको बार-बार तंग करे तो  ? āpkō bār-bār taṅg karē tō  ? āp[pn.pl.kō] bār[n.f.;sg.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō  ? you[.kō] time x do[opt.sg.23] then  ?

86What if someone repeatedly troubles you?

88देखो , आप परमात्मा के बच्चे दाता के बच्चे दाता हो ना  ? dēkhō , āp paramātmā K|kē bachchē dātā K|kē bachchē dātā hō nā  ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you Supreme Soul (K|of) child bestower (K|of) child bestower (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

87Look, you are bestowers, the children of God, the children of the Bestower.

89मास्टर दाता तो हो . master dātā tō hō . master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . master bestower then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

88You are master bestowers, are you not?

90तो दाता का काम क्या होता है  ? tō dātā kā kām kyā hōtā hai  ? tō dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then bestower of (task|lust) what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

89So, what is the duty of a bestower?

91देना . dēnā . dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

90To give.

92तो सबसे अच्छी चीज़ है दुआयें देना . tō sabsē achchhī chīz hai duāyē̃ dēnā . tō sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then the most achcha thing be[pres.sg.23] blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

91So, the best thing of all is to give blessings.

93कैसा भी व्यक्ति हो , लेकिन है तो आपका भाई-बहन . kaisā bhī vyakti hō , lēkin hai tō āpkā bhāī-bahan . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] bhāī-bahin[n.m.;sg.,d.] . how too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but be[pres.sg.23] then you[.kā] brother and sister .

92It does not matter what someone may be like: he is still your brother or sister.

94परमात्मा के बच्चे तो भाई-बहन हो ना . paramātmā K|kē bachchē tō bhāī-bahan hō nā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bhāī-bahin[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . Supreme Soul (K|of) child then brother and sister (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

93The children of God are your brothers and sisters, are they not?

95तो परमात्मा का बच्चा है , मेरा ईश्वरीय भाई है , ईश्वरीय बहन है , उसको क्या देंगे  ? tō paramātmā kā bachchā hai , mērā īśhvarīy bhāī hai , īśhvarīy bahan hai , uskō kyā dēgē  ? tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] īśhvarīy[adj.] bhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , īśhvarīy[adj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] kyā dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then Supreme Soul of child be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kā] Godly be liked[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , Godly x be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] what give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

94So, the other person is a child of God: your godly brother or godly sister. 95So what would you give that one?

96बददुआ देंगे क्या  ? badduā dēgē kyā  ? badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā  ? bad wish give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what  ?

96Bad wishes?

97बाप कभी बद्दुआ देता है  ? bāp kabhī badduā dētā hai  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? father ever bad wish give[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

97Does the Father ever have bad wishes?

98देगा  ? dēgā  ? dēnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? give[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

98Would he do that?

99देता है  ? dētā hai  ? dēnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? give[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

99Does he do that?

100हाँ या ना  ? hā̃ yā nā  ? hā̃ yā nā  ? yes or ∅  ?

100Yes or no?

101हाँ-ना करो . hā̃-nā karō . hā̃-nā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

101Say yes or no.

102बहुत खुश रहेंगे . bahut khuśh rahē̃gē . bahut khuśh[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very happy remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

102You will then remain very happy (when you don’t have bad wishes).

103क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

103Why?

104अगर बद्दुआ वाले को भी आप दुआ देंगे , वह दे न दे , लेकिन आप दुआ लेंगे , तो दुःख क्यों होगा . agar badduā vālē kō bhī āp duā dēgē , vah dē na dē , lēkin āp duā lē̃gē , tō duḥkh kyō̃ hōgā . agar badduā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] na[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if bad wish those who to too you blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) , but you blessing take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then (hurt[root]|sorrow) why be[fut.m.sg.23] .

104Because, if you give blessings to those who have bad wishes for you - whether they give them or not - you just continue to receive blessings, so why would there be sorrow?

105बापदादा आप आये हुए बच्चों को एक वरदान देता है - वरदान याद रखेंगे तो सदा खुश रहेंगे . bāpdādā āp āyē huē bachchō̃ kō ēk vardān dētā hai - vardān yād rakhē̃gē tō sadā khuśh rahē̃gē . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] - vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada you (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to one blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] - blessing remember then constantly happy remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

105BapDada is giving you children who have come, one blessing. 106If you remember this blessing, you will always remain happy.

106वरदान सुनेंगे  ? vardān sunē̃gē  ? vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? blessing listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

107Should Baba tell you the blessing?

107सुनेंगे . sunē̃gē . sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

108Will you listen to it?

108वरदान है - अगर आपको कोई दुख दे तो भी आप दुख लेना नहीं . vardān hai - agar āpkō kōī dukh dē tō bhī āp dukh lēnā nahī̃ . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - agar āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . blessing be[pres.sg.23] - if you[.kō] some sorrow (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) ∅ you sorrow take[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

109The blessing is: if someone gives you sorrow, don’t take it.

109वह दे लेकिन आप नही लेना . vah dē lēkin āp nahī lēnā . vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) but you not take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

110They may give, but you mustn’t take it.

110क्योंकि देनेवाले ने दे दिया , लेकिन लेनेवाले तो आप हो ना . kyōṅki dēnēvālē nē dē diyā , lēkin lēnēvālē tō āp hō nā . kyōṅki x nē[postp.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , lēkin x tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . because x ∅ give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , but x then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

111The one who gives it has given it, but you are the ones who take, are you not?

111देनेवाला , लेनेवाला नहीं है . dēnēvālā , lēnēvālā nahī̃ hai . x , x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , x not be[pres.sg.23] .

112The one who gives is not the one who takes.

112अगर वह बुरी चीज़ देता है , दुख देता है , अशान्ति देता है , तो बुरी चीज़ है ना . agar vah burī chīz dētā hai , dukh dētā hai , aśhānti dētā hai , tō burī chīz hai nā . agar vah[pn.sg.d.] burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . if that (bad|x) thing give[pres.sg.m.23] , sorrow give[pres.sg.m.23] , peacelessness give[pres.sg.m.23] , then (bad|x) thing be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

113If they are giving you sorrow or anxiety, that is something bad, is it not?

113आपको दुख पसन्द है  ? āpkō dukh pasand hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kō] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? you[.kō] sorrow love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

114Do you like sorrow?

114नहीं पसन्द है ना . nahī̃ pasand hai nā . nahī̃[neg] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . not love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

115You don’t like it, do you?

115तो बुरी चीज़ हो गई ना . tō burī chīz hō gaī nā . tō burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā . then (bad|x) thing be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ .

116So, it is something bad, is it not?

116तो बुरी चीज़ ली जाती है क्या  ? tō burī chīz lī jātī hai kyā  ? tō burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|lēnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] kyā  ? then (bad|x) thing (take[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|take[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) what  ?

117So, would you take something bad?

117कोई आपको बुरी चीज़ देवे तो आप ले लेंगे  ? kōī āpkō burī chīz dēvē tō āp lē lē̃gē  ? kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]  ? some you[.kō] (bad|x) thing give[opt.sg.23] then you take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]  ?

118If someone gives you something bad, would you take it?

118लेंगे  ? lē̃gē  ? lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? take[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

119Would you?

119नही लेंगे . nahī lē̃gē . nahī̃[neg] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . not take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

120You would not.

120तो लेते क्यों हो  ? tō lētē kyō̃ hō  ? tō lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

121So, why do you take it?

121ले तो लेते हो ना . lē tō lētē hō nā . lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] tō lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) then take[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

122You do take it, do you not?

122अगर दुख ले लेते हो तो दुःखी कौन होता है  ? agar dukh lē lētē hō tō duḥkhī kaun hōtā hai  ? agar duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] tō duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? if sorrow take[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] then (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) who be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

123If you take sorrow, then who is it that becomes unhappy?

123आप होते हो या वह होता है  ? āp hōtē hō yā vah hōtā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? you be[pres.pl.m.2] or that be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

124Do you become unhappy? 125Or does the other person?

124लेने वाला ज्यादा दुःखी होता है . lēnē vālā jyādā duḥkhī hōtā hai . lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who more (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

126The one who takes is more unhappy.

125अगर अभी से दुःख लेंगे नहीं तो आधा दुःख तो आपका दूर हो गया . agar abhī sē duḥkh lē̃gē nahī̃ tō ādhā duḥkh tō āpkā dūr hō gayā . agar ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] duḥkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] nahī̃ tō[x] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] dūr[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . if now from hurt[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] otherwise half (hurt[root]|sorrow) then you[.kā] distant be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

127If you don’t take sorrow from now, then half your sorrow is removed.

126लेंगे ही नहीं ना . lē̃gē hī nahī̃ nā . lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] nā . take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only not ∅ .

128You will not take it, will you?

127और आप दुःख के बजाए उसको सुख देंगे तो दुआयें मिलेगी ना . aur āp duḥkh kē bajāē uskō sukh dēgē tō duāyē̃ milēgī nā . aur āp[pn.pl.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bajāē[x] vah[pn.sg.kō] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . and you (hurt[root]|sorrow) instead of that[.kō] happiness give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then blessing receive[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .

129Then, instead of sorrow, you will give that one happiness, and so you will receive blessings, will you not?

128तो सुखी भी रहेंगे और दुआओं का खज़ाना भी भरपूर होता जायेगा . tō sukhī bhī rahē̃gē aur duāō̃ kā khazānā bhī bharpūr hōtā jāyēgā . tō sukhī[adj.] bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . then happy too remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and blessing of treasure too full be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

130Then, you will remain happy, and your treasure store of blessings will continue to become full.

129हर आत्मा से , कैसी भी हो आप दुआयें लो . har|her ātmā sē , kaisī bhī hō āp duāyē̃ low|lō . harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) soul from , how too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) you blessing (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

131No matter what souls are like, you just take blessings from every soul.

130शुभभावना , शुभकामना रखो . śhubhbhāvnā , śhubhkāmnā rakhō . śhubh bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . pure feeling , good wishes keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

132Have good wishes and pure feelings.

131कभी-कभी क्या होता है  ? kabhī-kabhī kyā hōtā hai  ? kabhī[adv.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? ever what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

133What happens sometimes?

132कोई ऐसा काम करता है ना , तो कोशिश करते हैं शिक्षा देने की . kōī aisā kām kartā hai nā , tō kōśhiśh kartē haĩ śhikṣhā dēnē key|kī . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , tō kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . some such (task|lust) do[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , then try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] teachings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) . 133इसको ठीक कर दूँ , शिक्षा देते हो . iskō ṭhīk kar dū̃ , śhikṣhā dētē hō . yah[pn.sg.kō] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.1.root+dēnā] , śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . this[.kō] OK do[opt.sg.1.root+dēnā] , teachings give[pres.pl.m.2] .

134When someone does something that is not right, you try to give him or her teachings: “I will put this one right”.

134शिक्षा दो लेकिन शिक्षा देने की सर्वोत्तम विधि है कि क्षमा का रूप बनके शिक्षा दो . śhikṣhā dō lēkin śhikṣhā dēnē key|kī sarvōttam vidhi hai ki kṣhamā kā rūp bankē śhikṣhā dō . śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] lēkin śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sarvōttam[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . teachings (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) but teachings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x method be[pres.sg.23] that forgiveness of Rup become[abs.] teachings (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

135You give them teachings. 136Give teachings, but the most elevated method of giving teachings is to give teachings in the form of forgiveness.

135सिर्फ शिक्षा नहीं दो , रहम-क्षमा भी करो और शिक्षा भी दो . sirph śhikṣhā nahī̃ dō , raham-kṣamā bhī karō aur śhikṣhā bhī dō . sirph[adj.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , x bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . only teachings not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , x too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and teachings too (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

137Do not just give teachings. 138Have mercy and forgiveness, and then also give teachings.

136दो शब्द याद रखो - शिक्षा और क्षमा-रहम . dō śhabda yād rakhō - śhikṣhā aur kṣamā-raham . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] aur x . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word remember - teachings and x .

139Remember three words: teachings, and mercy, and forgiveness.

137अगर रहमदिल बनके उसको शिक्षा देंगे तो आपकी शिक्षा काम करेगी . agar merciful bankē uskō śhikṣhā dēgē tō āpkī śhikṣhā kām karēgī . agar merciful bannā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.kō] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . if merciful become[abs.] that[.kō] teachings give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.kī] teachings (task|lust) do[fut.f.sg.23] .

140If you give that one teachings whilst being merciful, your teachings will then work.

138अगर रहमदिल बनके नहीं देंगे , तो शिक्षा एक कान से सुनेंगे दूसरे कान से निकल जायेगी . agar merciful bankē nahī̃ dēgē , tō śhikṣhā ēk kān sē sunē̃gē dūsrē kān sē nikal jāyēgī . agar merciful bannā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . if merciful become[abs.] not give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then teachings one ear from listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] other ear from be extracted[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

141If you are not merciful in giving those teachings, those teachings will go in one ear and out of the other.

139शिक्षा धारण नहीं होगी . śhikṣhā dhāraṇ nahī̃ hōgī . śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . teachings adopting not be[fut.f.sg.23] .

142Those teachings will not be imbibed.

140ऐसे है ना  ? aisē hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

143It is like that, is it not?

141अनुभव है  ? anubhav hai  ? anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? experience be[pres.sg.23]  ?

144Do you have this experience?

142आप भी किसीका शिक्षक तो नही बन जाते  ? āp bhī kisīkā śhikṣhak tō nahī ban jātē  ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] x śhikṣhak[x] tō nahī̃[neg] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? you too x teacher then not (become[root]|x) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? 143शिक्षक बनना जल्दी आता है लेकिन क्षमा करना , दोनों साथ-साथ चाहिए . śhikṣhak bannā jaldī ātā hai lēkin kṣhamā karnā , dōnō̃ sāth-sāth chāhiē . śhikṣhak[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] jaldī ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dōnō̃ sāth-sāth chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . teacher become[inf.m.sg.d.] very quickly come[pres.sg.m.23] but forgiveness do[inf.m.sg.d.] , x x (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

145You know how to become a teacher quickly, but you also have to forgive: the two have to be simultaneous.

144अभी से रहम . abhī sē rahm . ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now from mercy .

146Have mercy from now on.

145रहम करने की विधि है शुभभावना , शुभकामना . rahm karnē key|kī vidhi hai śhubhbhāvnā , śhubhkāmnā . rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhubh bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] . mercy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method be[pres.sg.23] pure feeling , good wishes .

147The method to have mercy is to have good wishes and pure feelings.

146जैसे कहते हैं ना सच्चा प्यार पत्थर को भी पानी कर देता है , ऐसे ही क्षमा स्वरूप से शिक्षा देने से आपका कार्य जो चाहते हो , यह नही करे , यह नहीं हो , वह प्रत्यक्ष दिखाई देगा . jaisē kahtē haĩ nā sachchā pyār patthar kō bhī pānī kar dētā hai , aisē hī kṣhamā svarūp sē śhikṣhā dēnē sē āpkā kārya jō chāhtē hō , yah nahī karē , yah nahī̃ hō , vah pratyakṣha dikhāī dēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] patthar[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . like say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ true love stone to too (water|x[inf.f.]) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , such only forgiveness form from teachings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] from you[.kā] task that x[pres.pl.m.2] , this not do[opt.sg.23] , this not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that visible be visible .

148You speak of good wishes, do you not? 149It is said: True love even turns stone to water. 150True love. 151In the same way, by giving teachings in the form of forgiveness, the thing that you want someone else to do or not do will take place.

147आपके रहमदिल बन शिक्षा देने का प्रभाव उसकी कठोरदिल भी परिवर्तन हो जायेगी . āpkē merciful ban śhikṣhā dēnē kā prabhāv uskī kaṭhōradil bhī parivartan hō jāyēgī . āp[pn.pl.kē] merciful bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] x bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . you[.kē] merciful (become[root]|x) teachings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x that[.kī] x too transformation be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

152The impact of your giving teachings whilst being merciful, will transform the hard heart of the other person.

148तो क्या वरदान मिला  ? tō kyā vardān milā  ? tō kyā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root]  ? then what blessing (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])  ?

153So, what blessing did you receive?

149न दुःख देना , न दुःख लेना . na duḥkh dēnā , na duḥkh lēnā . na[neg] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . not (hurt[root]|sorrow) give[inf.m.sg.d.] , not (hurt[root]|sorrow) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

154Do not take sorrow and do not give sorrow.

150पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

155Do you like it?

151पसन्द है तो अभी लेना नहीं . pasand hai tō abhī lēnā nahī̃ . pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ab[adv.hī] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . love be[pres.sg.23] then now take[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

156Do you like it? 157Now, don’t take sorrow!

152गलती नही करना . galatī|galtī nahī karnā . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

158Don’t make this mistake.

153जब बाप दुःख नहीं देता तो फालो फादर तो करना है ना  ? jab bāp duḥkh nahī̃ dētā tō follow father tō karnā hai nā  ? jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō follow father[x] tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? when father (hurt[root]|sorrow) not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then follow the Father then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

159Since the Father doesn’t give sorrow, you have to follow the Father, do you not?

154कर रहे हैं . kar rahē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

160So, are you doing this?

155कभी-कभी थोड़ा डाँट देते हो . kabhī-kabhī thōṛā ḍā̃ṭ dētē hō . kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . ever short x give[pres.pl.m.2] .

161Sometimes, you tell someone off.

156डाँटना नहीं . ḍā̃ṭanā nahī̃ . x nahī̃[neg] . x not .

162Now don’t tell anyone off.

157रहम करो . rahm karō . rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

163Have mercy.

158रहम के साथ शिक्षा दो . rahm kē sāth śhikṣhā dō . rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . mercy with teachings (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

164Give teachings with mercy.

159बार-बार किसको डाँटने से और ही आत्मा जो है ना , वह दुश्मन बन जाती है . bār-bār kiskō ḍā̃ṭanē sē aur hī ātmā jō hai nā , vah duśhman ban jātī hai . bār[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] x sē[postp.] aur hī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . time who[.kō] x from and only soul that be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that enemy become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 160घृणा आ जाती है . ghr̥iṇā ā jātī hai . ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . hatred come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

165By repeatedly telling someone off, that soul becomes like an enemy, or there is dislike for that one.

161परमात्म बच्चे हो ना . paramātma bachchē hō nā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . Supreme Soul child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

166You are the children of God, are you not?

162तो जैसे बाप पतित को भी पावन बनाने वाला है , तो आप दुःखी को सुख नही दे सकते हो  ? tō jaisē bāp patit kō bhī pāvan banānē vālā hai , tō āp duḥkhī kō sukh nahī dē saktē hō  ? tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] patit[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pāvan[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? then like father impure to too pure create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] , then you (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) to happiness not give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

167So, just as the Father is the One who purifies the impure, can you not give happiness to those who are unhappy?

163अभी जाकर ट्रायल करना , ट्रायल करेंगे ना . abhī jākar trial karnā , trial karē̃gē nā . ab[adv.hī] jānā[abs.] trial karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , trial karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . now go[abs.] try do[inf.m.sg.d.] , try do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

168Now try this out when you go back. 169Will you try it? 170You will try it, will you not?

164तो पहले चैरिटी बिगन्स एट होम . tō pahlē charity begins at home . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] charity begins at home[x] . then (x|firstly) charity begins at home .

171So, first of all, charity begins at home.

165परिवार में अगर कोई दुःख देवे , तो भी दुःख लेना नहीं . parivār mē̃ agar kōī duḥkh dēvē , tō bhī duḥkh lēnā nahī̃ . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] duḥkhnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] , tō bhī[x] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . family in if some hurt[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] , ∅ (hurt[root]|sorrow) take[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

172If someone in the family causes you sorrow, even then, don’t take sorrow.

166दुआयें देना , रहमदिल बनना . duāyē̃ dēnā , merciful bannā . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , merciful bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] , merciful become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

173Give them blessings. 174Be merciful.

167पहले घरवालों पर करो . pahlē gharvālō̃ par karō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] gharvālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) family member (at|other) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

175First of all, become like this with your family members.

168आपके घर का प्रभाव मोहल्ले में पड़ेगा , मोहल्ले का प्रभाव देश में पड़ेगा , १ देश का प्रभाव विश्व में पड़ेगा . āpkē ghar kā prabhāv mōhallē mē̃ paṛēgā , mōhallē kā prabhāv dēśh mē̃ paṛēgā , १ dēśh kā prabhāv viśhva mē̃ paṛēgā . āp[pn.pl.kē] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] , mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] , १ dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you[.kē] home of x area in fall[fut.m.sg.23] , area of x land in fall[fut.m.sg.23] , १ land of x world in fall[fut.m.sg.23] .

176The impact on your family will then create an impact in your area (community). 177The community will create an impact on the country, and the country will create an impact on the world.

169सहज है ना . sahaj hai nā . sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

178It is easy, is it not?

170अपने परिवार में शुरू करो क्योंकि देखो एक भी अगर क्रोध करता है तो घर का वातावरण क्या हो जाता है  ? apnē parivār mē̃ śhurū karō kyōṅki dēkhō ēk bhī agar krōdh kartā hai tō ghar kā vātāvaraṇ kyā hō jātā hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] agar krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vātāvaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? one’s own family in beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one too if anger do[pres.sg.m.23] then home of atmosphere what be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

179Begin this with your family. 180Because, if even one person becomes angry, what does the atmosphere at the home feel like?

171घर लगता है या युद्ध का मैदान लगता है  ? ghar lagtā hai yā yuddha kā maidān lagtā hai  ? ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? home x[pres.sg.m.23] or battle of x x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

181Does it feel like a home, or a battlefield?

172उस समय अच्छा लगता है  ? us samay achchhā lagtā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? that time enjoy  ?

182Do you like it at that time?

173नहीं लगता है ना  ? nahī̃ lagtā hai nā  ? nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? not x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

183You do not like it, do you?

174आप लोगों के लिए भी है ( आज वी . आई . पी . के साथ मधुबन वाले समर्पित भाई-बहनें भी सामने बैठे हैं ) . āp lōgō̃ kē liē bhī hai ( āj V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . kē sāth madhuban vālē samarpit bhāī-bahanē̃ bhī sāmnē baiṭhē haĩ ) . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ( āj V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kē sāth[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samarpit[adj.] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] sāmnē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) . you people for too be[pres.sg.23] ( today (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . with Madhuban those who x brother and sister too x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) .

184This is for all of you too (to the Madhuban residents).

175अपने-अपने साथियों से , अपने-अपने कार्यकर्ताओं से न दुख लेना , न दुःख देना . apnē-apnē sāthiyō̃ sē , apnē-apnē kāryakartāō̃ sē na dukh lēnā , na duḥkh dēnā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x sē[postp.] na[neg] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one’s own companion from , one’s own x from not sorrow take[inf.m.sg.d.] , not (hurt[root]|sorrow) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

185With your companions and your workers, do not give sorrow and do not take sorrow.

176दुआयें देना और दुआयें लेना . duāyē̃ dēnā aur duāyē̃ lēnā . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] and blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

186Give blessings and receive blessings.

177अगर आप अधिकार से ऐसे समय पर भी दिल से मेरा बाबा कहेंगे , परमात्मा बाबा , मेरा बाबा , तो कहावत है कि भगवान सदा हाजिर है . agar āp adhikār sē aisē samay par bhī dil sē mērā bābā kahē̃gē , paramātmā bābā , mērā bābā , tō kahāvat hai ki bhagvān sadā hājir hai . agar āp[pn.pl.] adhikār[x] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , tō kahāvat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if you right from such time (at|other) too heart from I[.kā] Baba say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Supreme Soul Baba , I[.kā] Baba , then it is said be[pres.sg.23] that God constantly present be[pres.sg.23] .

187If, at such a time, you say with a right, from your heart, “my Baba... 188God, my Baba”, it is then said: “God is always present”.

178अगर आपने दिल से , अधिकार रूप में ऐसे समय पर मेरा बाबा कहा , तो बाप जरूर हाजिर हो जायेगा . agar āpnē dil sē , adhikār rūp mē̃ aisē samay par mērā bābā kahā , tō bāp jarūr hājir hō jāyēgā . agar āp[pn.pl.nē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , adhikār[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr hāzir[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . if you[.nē] heart from , right Rup in such time (at|other) I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then father definitely present be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

189If you say from your heart at such a time, with a right, “my Baba”, then the Father, the Lord, becomes present.

179क्योंकि बाप किसलिए है  ? kyōṅki bāp kisliē hai  ? kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kisliē hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? because father x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

190What is the Father for?

180बच्चों के लिए तो है . bachchō̃ kē liē tō hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . child for then be[pres.sg.23] . 181और अधिकारी बच्चे को बाप सहयोग नहीं दे , यह हो ही नहीं सकता है . aur adhikārī bachchē kō bāp sahyōg nahī̃ dē , yah hō hī nahī̃ saktā hai . aur adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.m.23] . and (one) who has a right child to father cooperation not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) , this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres.sg.m.23] .

191He exists for the children, and it is not possible for the Father to not co-operate with the children who have a right.

182असम्भव . asambhav . asambhav[adj.] . impossible .

192Impossible!

183तो परिवर्तन करके जाना . tō parivartan karkē jānā . tō parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then transformation do[abs.] (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

193So, go back with this transformation.

184जैसे आये वैसे नही जाना , परिवर्तन करके ही जाना . jaisē āyē vaisē nahī jānā , parivartan karkē hī jānā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) x not (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , transformation do[abs.] only (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

194Do not go back just as you came here. 195Go back with some transformation.

185क्योंकि टेखो , इतना खर्चा करके आये हो , टिकट तो लगी ना . kyōṅki ṭēkhō , itnā kharchā karkē āyē hō , ticket tō lagī nā . kyōṅki x , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ticket tō lagnā[past-part.f.] nā . because x , such expenditure do[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , x then x[past-part.f.] ∅ . 186खर्चा भी किया , समय भी दिया , तो उसकी वैल्यू तो रखेंगे ना . kharchā bhī kiyā , samay bhī diyā , tō uskī value tō rakhē̃gē nā . kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō vah[pn.sg.kī] value tō rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . expenditure too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , time too give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then that[.kī] Values then keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

196You spent some money on the ticket when you came here: you spent money, and gave your time, and so you will value that, will you not?

187तो वैल्यू है - स्वपरिवर्तन से पहले घर का परिवर्तन , फिर विश्व का , देश का परिवर्तन . tō value hai - svaparivartan sē pahlē ghar kā parivartan , phir viśhva kā , dēśh kā parivartan . tō value hōnā[pres.sg.23] - x sē pahlē[x] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Values be[pres.sg.23] - x x home of transformation , (then|turn[root]) world of , land of transformation .

197So, the value is to first of all transform your home with self-transformation. 198Then there will be the transformation of the country and the world.

188आपका घर आश्रम बन जाये . āpkā ghar āśhram ban jāyē . āp[pn.pl.kā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . you[.kā] home ashram become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

199Your home should become an ashram.

189घर नहीं , आश्रम . ghar nahī̃ , āśhram . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] . home not , ashram .

200It should no longer be a home, but an ashram.

190वैसे भी आश्रम ही कहते हैं , गृहस्थ आश्रम , लेकिन आज आश्रम नहीं हैं . vaisē bhī āśhram hī kahtē haĩ , gr̥ihasth āśhram , lēkin āj āśhram nahī̃ haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , gr̥ihasth āśhram[x] , lēkin āj āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x too ashram only say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , household ashram , but today ashram not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

201The scriptures also speak of “Grasth ashram” (household ashram). 202However, today, there are none of those ashrams.

191आश्रम अलग है , घर अलग है . āśhram alag hai , ghar alag hai . āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ashram separate be[pres.sg.23] , home separate be[pres.sg.23] .

203The ashram is separate from the home.

192तो घर को आश्रम बनाना . tō ghar kō āśhram banānā . tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then home to ashram create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

204So make your home into an ashram.

193दुआयें देना और लेना , यह आश्रम का कार्य है . duāyē̃ dēnā aur lēnā , yah āśhram kā kārya hai . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] and take[inf.m.sg.d.] , this ashram of task be[pres.sg.23] .

205Give blessings and receive blessings. 206This is the duty of an ashram.

194आपका घर मन्दिर बन जायेगा . āpkā ghar mandir ban jāyēgā . āp[pn.pl.kā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . you[.kā] home temple become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

207Your home will become a temple.

195मन्दिर में मूर्ति क्या करती है  ? mandir mē̃ mūrti kyā kartī hai  ? mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? temple in image what do[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

208What does an idol in a temple do?

196दुआयें देती है ना . duāyē̃ dētī hai nā . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . blessing give[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .

209It gives blessings, does it not?

197मूर्ति के आगे जाकर क्या कहते हैं  ? mūrti kē āgē jākar kyā kahtē haĩ  ? mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] jānā[abs.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? image in front of go[abs.] what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

210What do people say when they go in front of an idol?

198दुआ दो . duā dō . duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

211Give blessings!

199मर्सी , मर्सी कहके चिल्लाते हैं . mercy , mercy kahkē chillātē haĩ . mercy , mercy kahnā[conj.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x , x say[conj.] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

212They cry out: Mercy mercy!

200तो आपको भी क्या देना है  ? tō āpkō bhī kyā dēnā hai  ? tō āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] kyā dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then you[.kō] too what give[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

213So, what do you have to give?

201दुआ . duā . duā[n.f.;sg.] . blessing .

214Blessings.

202ईश्वरीय प्यार दो , आत्मिक प्यार . īśhvarīy pyār dō , ātmik pyār . īśhvarīy[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , ātmik pyār[x] . Godly love (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , soul-conscious love . 203शरीर का प्यार नहीं , आत्मिक प्यार . śharīr kā pyār nahī̃ , ātmik pyār . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , ātmik pyār[x] . body of love not , soul-conscious love .

215Give Godly love, soul-conscious love: not physical love, but soul conscious love.

204आज प्यार है तो स्वार्थ का प्यार है . āj pyār hai tō svārtha kā pyār hai . āj pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today love be[pres.sg.23] then x of love be[pres.sg.23] .

216Today, the love that exists is selfish love.

205सच्ची दिल का प्यार नहीं है . sachchī dil kā pyār nahī̃ hai . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . true heart of love not be[pres.sg.23] .

217There isn’t any love of a true heart.

206स्वार्थ होगा तो प्यार देंगे , स्वार्थ नहीं होगा तो डोंट-केयर . svārtha hōgā tō pyār dēgē , svārtha nahī̃ hōgā tō don't care . svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō don't care . x be[fut.m.sg.23] then love give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x not be[fut.m.sg.23] then “a don’t care” .

218If they have a selfish motive, they give love. 219If they don’t have any selfish motive, they will have a “don’t care” attitude.

207तो आप क्या करेंगे  ? tō āp kyā karē̃gē  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

220So, what will you do?

208आत्मिक प्यार देना , दुआ देना , दुख न लेना , न दुःख देना . ātmik pyār dēnā , duā dēnā , dukh na lēnā , na duḥkh dēnā . ātmik pyār[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . soul-conscious love give[inf.m.sg.d.] , blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] , sorrow not take[inf.m.sg.d.] , not (hurt[root]|sorrow) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

221Give soul-conscious love. 222Give blessings. 223Neither take sorrow, nor give sorrow.

209देखो आपको चांस मिला है , बापदादा को भी ख़ुशी है . dēkhō āpkō chance milā hai , bāpdādā kō bhī ḵẖuśhī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kō] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kō] chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] .

224Look, you have all received a chance. 225Even BapDada is happy.

210इतने जो भी सब आये हैं , ( भारत के करीब २५० वी . आई . पी रिट्रीट में आये हुए हैं ) | इतने घर तो आश्रम बनेंगे ना . itnē jō bhī sab āyē haĩ , ( bhārat K|kē karīb २५० V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī retreat mē̃ āyē huē haĩ ) | itnē ghar tō āśhram banē̃gē nā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ( bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karīb २५० V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] retreat mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) | itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . such that too all come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ( Bharat (K|of) nearly २५० (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) | such home then ashram become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

226All of you people who have come will make your homes into ashrams, will you not?

211बनायेंगे ना  ? banāyēṅgē nā  ? banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

227You will make it like that, will you not? 228Will you?

212पक्का  ? pakkā  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? firm  ?

229Are you sure?

213कि थोड़ा-थोडा कच्चा  ? ki thōṛā-thōḍā kachchā  ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? that short weak  ?

230Or, are you a little weak in this?

214जो समझते हैं कुछ भी हो जाए , थोडा सहन तो करना पडेगा , समाने की शक्ति कार्य में लगानी पड़ेगी , लेकिन सहनशक्ति का फल बड़ा मीठा होता है . jō samajhtē haĩ kuchh bhī hō jāē , thōḍā sahan tō karnā paḍēgā , samānē key|kī śhakti kārya mē̃ lagānī paṛēgī , lēkin sahanśhakti kā phal baṛā mīṭhā hōtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahan[adj.] tō karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] , lēkin sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , short tolerance then do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti task in attach[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] , but x of fruit very sweet be[pres.sg.m.23] . 215सहन करना पड़ता है लेकिन फल बड़ा मीठा होता है . sahan karnā paṛtā hai lēkin phal baṛā mīṭhā hōtā hai . sahan[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] lēkin phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . tolerance do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] but fruit very sweet be[pres.sg.m.23] .

231Some think that, no matter what happens, you will have to tolerate a little, and use the power to accommodate... 232You do have to tolerate, but the fruit of the power of tolerance is very sweet.

216तो जो पक्का वायदा करते हैं , घर-घर को स्वर्ग बनायेंगे , मन्दिर बनायेंगे , आश्रम बनायेंगे , वह हाथ उठाओ . tō jō pakkā vāydā kartē haĩ , ghar-ghar kō svarg banāyēṅgē , mandir banāyēṅgē , āśhram banāyēṅgē , vah hāth uṭhāō . tō jō[pn.;d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then that firm promise do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , home to heaven create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , temple create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ashram create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that raise your hands .

233So, those of you who will make a firm promise to turn every home into heaven, to build temples, to create ashrams, raise your hands.

217देखा-देखी में नहीं उठाना क्योंकि बापदादा हिसाब लेगा ना फिर . dēkhā-dēkhī mē̃ nahī̃ uṭhānā kyōṅki bāpdādā hisāb lēgā nā phir . dēkhā-dēkhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] . competition with others in not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] because BapDada account take[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ (then|turn[root]) .

234Do not raise your hands on seeing one another. 235BapDada will take account of it.

218देखकर नहीं उठाना . dēkhkar nahī̃ uṭhānā . dēkhnā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . see[abs.] not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] . 219सच्चा-सच्चा मन का हाथ , मन से हाथ उठाओ . sachchā-sachchā man kā hāth , man sē hāth uṭhāō . sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . true mind of hand , mind from raise your hands .

236Do not raise your hands on seeing someone else doing so, but raise your hands honestly. 237Raise the hand of your true mind. 238Raise the hand of your mind.

220अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

239Achcha.

221दादियाँ , इनको इसकी क्या प्राइज देंगे  ? dādiyā̃ , inkō iskī kyā prize dēgē  ? dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , yah[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.kī] kyā prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Dadi , this[.kō] this[.kī] what prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

240Dadis, what prize will you give them for this?

222हाँ बोलो , दादी इतने मन्दिर बन जायेंगे तो आप उसको क्या प्राइज देंगी  ? hā̃ bōlō , dādī itnē mandir ban jāyēṅgē tō āp uskō kyā prize dē̃gī  ? hā̃ bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kyā prize dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? yes speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Dadi such temple become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then you that[.kō] what prize give[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

241Yes, speak. 242Dadi, so many temples will be built, so what prize will you give them?

223 ( अपने घरवालों को ले आवे ) . ( apnē gharvālō̃ kō lē āvē ) . ( apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gharvālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] ) . ( one’s own family member to take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] ) .

243(They should bring their family members here).

224यह तो प्राइज नहीं दी , यह तो काम सुना दिया . yah tō prize nahī̃ the|dī , yah tō kām sunā diyā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō prize nahī̃[neg] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . this then prize not (the|give[past-part.f.]) , this then (task|lust) (listen[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .

244That was not a prize you gave! 245That is giving them work.

225 ( बाबा जो आज्ञा करेंगे ) . ( bābā jō āgyā karē̃gē ) . ( bābā jō[pn.;d.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) . ( Baba that order do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) .

246(Whatever Baba desires).

226देखो , प्राइज तो आपको मिल जायेगी , कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है , लेकिन - लेकिन है  ? dēkhō , prize tō āpkō mil jāyēgī , kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai , lēkin - lēkin hai  ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , prize tō āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin - lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , prize then you[.kō] receive[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] , but - but be[pres.sg.23]  ? 227लेकिन बोलो . lēkin bōlō . lēkin bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 228आप जाने के बाद अपनी धारणा से परिवर्तन करना और 15 दिन के बाद , मास के बाद अपनी रिजल्ट लिखना . āp jānē kē bād apnī dhārṇā sē parivartan karnā aur 15 din kē bād , mās kē bād apnī result likhnā . āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] , māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] result likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) after one’s own dharna from transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] and 15 day after , (x|month) after one’s own result write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

247You will receive a prize. 248It is not a big thing, but... there is a but... when you go from here, bring about self- transformation through your dharna, and after 15 days or one month, write your result.

229जो एक मास भी दुख नही लेगा , न देगा , उसको बहुत अच्छी प्राइज देंगे . jō ēk mās bhī dukh nahī lēgā , na dēgā , uskō bahut achchhī prize dēgē . jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , na[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that one (x|month) too sorrow not take[fut.m.sg.23] , not give[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.kō] very achcha prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

249Those who do not cause sorrow or take sorrow in any situation, for a month, will receive a very good prize.

230अगर आप आयेंगे तो मुबारक है , अगर नहीं आ सकेंगे तो भी सेंटर पर भेजेंगे . agar āp āyēṅgē tō mubārak hai , agar nahī̃ ā sakē̃gē tō bhī centre par bhējē̃gē . agar āp[pn.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] tō bhī[x] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if you come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , if not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅ centre (at|other) x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

250Congratulations if you can come. 251If you can’t, it will be sent to the centre.

231आज विशेष इन्हों के प्रति आना हुआ है ना तो कमाल करके दिखाना . āj viśhēṣh inhō̃ kē prati ānā huā hai nā tō kamāl karkē dikhānā . āj viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kē prati[x] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig1] nā tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . today special this for come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig1] ∅ then x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

252Today, BapDada had to come especially for these souls, did he not? 253So definitely perform wonders.

232परमात्म बच्चे हो , कमाल नहीं करेंगे तो क्या करेंगे  ? paramātma bachchē hō , kamāl nahī̃ karē̃gē tō kyā karē̃gē  ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Supreme Soul child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

254You are God’s children, and if you don’t perform wonders (kamaal), what will you do?

233धमाल नहीं करना , कमाल करना . dhamāl nahī̃ karnā , kamāl karnā . dhamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

255Do not create upheaval (dhamaal). 256Perform wonders.

234अगर कोई गलती से आपके पास बुरा संकल्प आ जाये , तो क्या करेंगे  ? agar kōī galatī|galtī sē āpkē pās|pass burā saṅkalp ā jāyē , tō kyā karē̃gē  ? agar kōī[pn.;d.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? if some (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from you[.kē] (x|pass) bad thought come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

257If, even by mistake, any bad thought comes to you, what will you do then? 258What will you do?

235आयेगा तो सही , क्योंकि आपने बहुत समय बुराई को पाल के रखा है , तो देखो , पशु जिसे पालते हैं उसको अगर दूर भी छोड़कर आते हैं , तो वह फिर वापस आ जाता है . āyēgā tō sahī , kyōṅki āpnē bahut samay burāī kō pāl K|kē rakhā hai , tō dēkhō , paśhu jisē pāltē haĩ uskō agar dūr bhī chhōṛkar ātē haĩ , tō vah phir vāpas ā jātā hai . ānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.nē] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] burāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] pālnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , paśhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.sg.kō] pālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] agar dūr[adj.] bhī[p.] chhōṛnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vāpis, vāpas ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . come[fut.m.sg.23] then x , because you[.nē] very time bad thing to sustenance[root] (K|of) keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , animal that[.kō] sustenance[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] if distant too renounce[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then that (then|turn[root]) back come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

259It will come, because you have given sustenance over a long period to bad things. 260When you have looked after an animal, and then left it somewhere far away, it will still come back after you have returned.

236तो मानो आपने हाथ तो उठाया , बहुत अच्छा किया लेकिन गलती से कोई कमज़ोरी आ जाए , तो क्या करेंगे  ? tō mānō āpnē hāth tō uṭhāyā , bahut achchhā kiyā lēkin galatī|galtī sē kōī kamzōrī ā jāē , tō kyā karē̃gē  ? tō mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.nē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.nē] hand then uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] , very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from some weakness come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

261So, for instance, you raised your hand and you did very well. 262However, if some weakness comes back by mistake, what will you do?

237कमज़ोरी लाने देंगे  ? kamzōrī lānē dēgē  ? kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.inf+dēnā]  ? weakness x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.inf+dēnā]  ?

263Will you let the weakness come back?

238देखो , इसकी भी विधि बताते हैं . dēkhō , iskī bhī vidhi batātē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this[.kī] too method tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

264Look, Baba is going to show you a method for this too.

239आपने वायदा तो किया ना , बुराई दे दिया ना . āpnē vāydā tō kiyā nā , burāī dē diyā nā . āp[pn.pl.nē] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , burāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] nā . you[.nē] promise then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , bad thing give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ∅ .

265You have made a promise, and you have given the bad things away.

240बुराई बाप को दे दी ना . burāī bāp kō dē dī nā . burāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā . bad thing father to give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ .

266You have given them to the Father, have you not?

241अच्छा कोई को कोई चीज़ दे देते हैं , फिर अगर गलती से आपके पास आ जाती है तो आप क्या करेंगे  ? achchhā kōī kō kōī chīz dē dētē haĩ , phir agar galatī|galtī sē āpkē pās|pass ā jātī hai tō āp kyā karē̃gē  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] agar galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha some to some thing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , (then|turn[root]) if (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from you[.kē] (x|pass) come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

267Okay, when you have given something away to someone, if it comes back to you by mistake, then what would you do? 268Would you keep it?

242अपने पास रखेंगे कि वापस करेंगे  ? apnē pās|pass rakhē̃gē ki vāpas karē̃gē  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] vāpis, vāpas karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? one’s own (x|pass) keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that back do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

269Would you keep it with you? 270Or would you return it?

243वापस करेंगे ना  ? vāpas karē̃gē nā  ? vāpis, vāpas karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? back do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

271You would return it, would you not?

244तो अगर आपके पास थोड़ी क्रोध की रेखा , लोभ की , मोह की , अभिमान की , गलती से आ भी जाये , क्योंकि बहुत समय रखा है , तो उसे वापस कर देना . tō agar āpkē pās|pass thōṛī krōdh key|kī rēkhā , lōbh key|kī , mōh key|kī , abhimān key|kī , galatī|galtī sē ā bhī jāyē , kyōṅki bahut samay rakhā hai , tō usē vāpas kar dēnā . tō agar āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] , lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , mōh[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kyōṅki bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō vah[pn.sg.kō] vāpis, vāpas karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then if you[.kē] (x|pass) short anger (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line , greed (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , attachment (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , arrogance (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from come[root] too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , because very time keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then that[.kō] back do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 245बाबा , बाबा आप अपनी चीज़ आप सम्भालो , मेरी नहीं है . bābā , bābā āp apnī chīz āp sambhālō , mērī nahī̃ hai . bābā , bābā āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba , Baba you one’s own thing you be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , I[.kī] not be[pres.sg.23] .

272Therefore, if the slightest trace of anger, greed, attachment, or arrogance, comes to you, even by mistake, because you have kept them for a long time, then give them back: “Baba, Baba, you look after your things... they are not mine.

246बाप तो सागर है ना . bāp tō sāgar hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father then ocean be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

273The Father is the Ocean, is he not?

247सागर में समा देना . sāgar mē̃ samā dēnā . sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ocean in merge[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

274Merge them in the Ocean.

248आप यूज नहीं करना क्योंकि अमानत हो गई ना , तो अमानत में खयानत नहीं की जाती है . āp use nahī̃ karnā kyōṅki amānat hō gaī nā , tō amānat mē̃ khayānat nahī̃ kī jātī hai . āp[pn.pl.] use nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki amānat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā , tō amānat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . you use not do[inf.m.sg.d.] because x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ , then x in x not (do[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .

275You mustn’t use them. 276It is something the Father has been entrusted to look after. 277So, one mustn’t be dishonest with the entrusted things.

249बाप को दे दो , बाबा आप जानो , यह जाने . bāp kō dē dō , bābā āp jānō , yah jānē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , bābā āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] . father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , Baba you know[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) . 250मैं नहीं यूज करूँगा . maĩ nahī̃ use karū̃gā . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] use karnā[fut.m.sg.1] . I not use do[fut.m.sg.1] .

278Give them to the Father: “Baba, you know and they know I will not use them”.

251छोटे बच्चों को भी आप सिखाते हो , मिट्टी नहीं खाना . chhōṭē bachchō̃ kō bhī āp sikhātē hō , miṭṭī nahī̃ khānā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] , miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . small child to too you teach[pres.pl.m.2] , mud not (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) .

279You also teach little children not to eat dirt.

252सिखाते हो ना  ? sikhātē hō nā  ? sikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? teach[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

280You do teach them, do you not?

253और बच्चा फिर मिट्टी खा लेता है . aur bachchā phir miṭṭī khā lētā hai . aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . and child (then|turn[root]) mud eat[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

281However, if the child then eats dirt, he likes the dirt, then what do you do?

254उसको मिट्टी अच्छी लगती है फिर आप क्या करते हो  ? uskō miṭṭī achchhī lagtī hai phir āp kyā kartē hō  ? vah[pn.sg.kō] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? that[.kō] mud achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] (then|turn[root]) you what do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

282Do you repeatedly make his hands release it, or do you let him eat it?

255बार-बार उसके हाथ को छुड़ाते हो या खाने देते हो  ? bār-bār uskē hāth kō chhuṛātē hō yā khānē dētē hō  ? bār[n.f.;sg.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhuṛānā[pres.pl.m.2] yā khānā[pres.pl.m.2.inf+dēnā]  ? time of that[.kē] hand to free[pres.pl.m.2] or eat[pres.pl.m.2.inf+dēnā]  ? 256छुड़ाते हो ना . chhuṛātē hō nā . chhuṛānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . free[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

283You make him let it go from his hands, do you not?

257तो यहाँ अपने मन को छुड़ाना . tō yahā̃ apnē man kō chhuṛānā . tō yahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhuṛānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then here one’s own mind to free[inf.m.sg.d.] .

284So, here, you have to make your mind let go.

258मन में ही तो आयेगा ना . man mē̃ hī tō āyēgā nā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . mind in only then come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

285Those things will enter your mind, will they not?

259तो अपने मन का मालिक बनके इस चीज़ को छोड़ना . tō apnē man kā mālik bankē is chīz kō chhōṛnā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.o.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one’s own mind of master become[abs.] this thing to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] .

286So, become a master of your mind, and let go of those things.

260विधि ठीक है ना . vidhi ṭhīk hai nā . vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . method OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

287Is this method okay?

261करेंगे तो सहज हो जायेगा . karē̃gē tō sahaj hō jāyēgā . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

288Will you do it? 289It will become easy.

262हिम्मत नहीं छोडना . himmat nahī̃ chōḍanā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x . courage not x .

290Do not lose courage.

263आपकी हिम्मत का एक कदम और हजार कदम बाप की मदद का है ही . āpkī himmat kā ēk kadam aur hajār kadam bāp key|kī madad kā hai hī . āp[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . you[.kī] courage of one step and 1000 step father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x of be[pres.sg.23] only .

291One step of your courage, and there are definitely a thousand steps of help from the Father.

264अनुभव करके देखना . anubhav karkē dēkhnā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . experience do[abs.] see[inf.m.sg.d.] .

292Experience it and see.

265हिम्मत नहीं हारना , दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना . himmat nahī̃ hārnā , dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . courage not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .

293Do not lose courage. 294Do not become disheartened.

266सर्वशक्तिवान के बच्चे हैं , दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना . sarvśhaktivān K|kē bachchē haĩ , dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā . sarvśhaktivān[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Almighty Authority (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .

295You are the children of the Almighty Authority. 296Do not become disheartened.

267हिम्मत नहीं हारना , दृढ़सकल्प करना , सफलता आपका जन्मसिद्ध अधिकार है . himmat nahī̃ hārnā , dr̥ṛhasakalpa karnā , saphaltā āpkā janmasiddh adhikār hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , x karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kā] janmasiddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[inf.m.sg.d.] , success you[.kā] x right be[pres.sg.23] .

297Do not lose courage. 298Have a determined thought. 299Success is your birthright.

268बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

300You have done very well.

269अच्छा अभी क्या करना है  ? achchhā abhī kyā karnā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? achcha now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

301Achcha. 302What are we going to do now?

270इसको कहते हैं वी . आई . पी . ग्रुप . iskō kahtē haĩ V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . group . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . group . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . group .

303This is called the VIP group.

271देखो , आपको टाइटल अच्छा मिला है . dēkhō , āpkō title achchhā milā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kō] title achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kō] title achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

304Look, you have received a good title.

272अभी वी . आई . पी . नही बनना , वी . वी आई . पी . . abhī V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . nahī bannā , V|we . V|we āī|eye|I . P|pī . . ab[adv.hī] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , V|we . V|we ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . . now (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x) . (x) (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . .

305Now, do not be VIPs. 306You are VVVIPs.

273वी . आई . पी . तो कॉमन है , लेकिन वी . वी . आई . पी . V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . tō common hai , lēkin V|we . V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī . V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . tō common hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin V|we . V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . then x be[pres.sg.23] , but (x) . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . 274विशेष आत्मा आई पी . viśhēṣh ātmā I P . viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] I P[x] . special soul IP .

307VIPs are common, but you are VVIPs: special (vishesh) souls.

275अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

308Achcha.

276आज मधुबन निवासियों को चांस मिला है . āj madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō chance milā hai . āj madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . today Madhuban resident to chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

309Today, the Madhuban residents have received a chance.

277यह सभी मधुबन निवासी आप सब आये हुए भाई-बहनों को बहुत थैंक्स दे रहे हैं कि आपके कारण मधुबन निवासी भी मिले क्योंकि आपका ग्रूप छोटा है . yah sabhī madhuban nivāsī āp sab āyē huē bhāī-bahanō̃ kō bahut thanks dē rahē haĩ ki āpkē kāraṇ madhuban nivāsī bhī milē kyōṅki āpkā group chhōṭā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut thanks dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] group chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this all Madhuban resident you all (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] brother and sister to very thanks give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that you[.kē] because Madhuban resident too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) because you[.kā] group small be[pres.sg.23] .

310All these Madhuban residents are giving many thanks to the brothers and sisters who have come, for it is because of you that the Madhuban residents will also be able to meet Baba, since your group is small.

278नहीं तो बहुत हजारों का ग्रुप होता है . nahī̃ tō bahut hajārō̃ kā group hōtā hai . nahī̃ tō[x] bahut hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . otherwise very 1000 of group be[pres.sg.m.23] .

311Otherwise, there would be a group of many thousands.

279तो एक मास के बाद अपने सेन्टर की तरफ से रिजल्ट लिखना . tō ēk mās kē bād apnē centre key|kī taraph sē result likhnā . tō ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] result likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one (x|month) after one’s own centre (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from result write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

312So, after one month, send the result, on behalf of your centre.

280फिर प्राइज जरूर देंगे . phir prize jarūr dēgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] prize zarūr dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) prize definitely give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

313Then Baba will give a prize. 314He will definitely give it.

281अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

315Achcha.

282अच्छा , अभी क्या करना है  ? achchhā , abhī kyā karnā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? achcha , now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

316Achcha, what do we have to do now?

283 ( जोन वाइज मिलना है ) ( zone -wise milnā hai ) ( zone wise milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) ( zone x receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] )

317(meet the zones)

284दिल्ली जोन - दिल्ली निवासियों को तो सेवा का चांस बहुत अच्छा है क्योंकि दिल्ली की जो भी सेवायें होती हैं , वह विश्व में फैलती है . dillī zone - dillī nivāsiyō̃ kō tō sēvā kā chance bahut achchhā hai kyōṅki dillī key|kī jō bhī sēvāyē̃ hōtī haĩ , vah viśhva mē̃ phailtī hai . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zone - dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Delhi zone - Delhi resident to then service of chance very achcha be[pres.sg.23] because Delhi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that too service be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , that world in spread[pres.sg.f.23] .

318(Delhi zone) The Delhi residents have received a very good chance for service. 319Whatever service takes place in Delhi, it spreads throughout the world.

285दिल्ली का आवाज विश्व तक पहुँचता है . dillī kā āvāj viśhva tak pahuñchtā hai . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Delhi of noise world until reach[pres.sg.m.23] .

320The sound from Delhi reaches the world.

286तो दिल्ली से अभी कितने आये हैं  ? tō dillī sē abhī kitnē āyē haĩ  ? tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then Delhi from now so come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

321So, now start counting from Delhi. 322How many have come from Delhi?

287 ( ५० ) तो जब दिल्ली में ५० घर आश्रम बन जायेंगे तो नाम कितना होगा . ( ५० ) tō jab dillī mē̃ ५० ghar āśhram ban jāyēṅgē tō nām kitnā hōgā . ( ५० ) tō jab dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ५० ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . ( ५० ) then when Delhi in ५० home ashram become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then name so be[fut.m.sg.23] .

323(50). 324So, if 50 homes in Delhi become ashrams, then your name will be glorified so much.

288वायुमण्डल तो बदलेगा ना क्योंकि कोशिश तो सब करते हैं कि घर-घर में हर आत्मा शान्त हो जाए , सुखी हो जाए . vāyumaṇḍal tō badalēgā nā kyōṅki kōśhiśh tō sab kartē haĩ ki ghar-ghar mē̃ har|her ātmā śhānt hō jāē , sukhī hō jāē . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō badalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā kyōṅki kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tō sab[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] śhānt[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , sukhī[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . atmosphere then change[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ because try then all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that home in (x[root]|x) soul silent be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , happy be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

325The atmosphere will change, will it not? 326Everyone tries for every soul in every home to become peaceful and happy.

289तो जब दुआ देंगे और लेंगे तो घर में सुख और शान्ति का वायब्रेशन होगा और वह आवाज वायुमण्डल में फैलेगा . tō jab duā dēgē aur lē̃gē tō ghar mē̃ sukh aur śhānti kā vibration hōgā aur vah āvāj vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ phailēgā . tō jab duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then when blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then home in happiness and peace of vibrations be[fut.m.sg.23] and that noise atmosphere in spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

327So, when you give blessings and receive blessings, the vibrations in the home will become those of happiness and peace, and that sound will spread into the atmosphere.

290एक तो घर आश्रम बनेगा और वायुमण्डल भी फैलेगा . ēk tō ghar āśhram banēgā aur vāyumaṇḍal bhī phailēgā . ēk[adj.] tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āśhram[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one then home ashram become[fut.m.sg.23] and atmosphere too spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

328So, the home will become an ashram and this atmosphere will spread.

291डबल सेवा हो जायेगी . double sēvā hō jāyēgī . double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . double service be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

329Double service will take place.

292तो क्या बनेंगे  ? tō kyā banē̃gē  ? tō kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

330So, what place will become number one?

293दिल्ली वाले नम्बर वन बनेंगे या दो भी चलेगा  ? dillī vālē number one banē̃gē yā dō bhī chalēgā  ? dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number one[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bhī[p.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? Delhi those who number one become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) too continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

331Will Delhi become number one, or would number two be okay?

294एक नम्बर लेना है या दो भी चलेगा  ? ēk number lēnā hai yā dō bhī chalēgā  ? ēk[adj.] number lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bhī[p.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? one number take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) too continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

332Do you want to claim number one, or will number two be okay?

295 ( एक नम्बर लेना है ) अच्छा , फिर तो सब ताली बजाओ . ( ēk number lēnā hai ) achchhā , phir tō sab tālī bajāō . ( ēk[adj.] number lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō sab[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( one number take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achcha , (then|turn[root]) then all clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

333You have to claim number one. 334Achcha. 335Then everyone can clap.

296बहुत अच्छा हिम्मतवान बच्चों को बापदादा की पदमगुणा मदद है ही है . bahut achchhā himmatvān bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā key|kī padamguṇā madad hai hī hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmatvān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very achcha x child to BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) multimillion-fold x be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .

336Very good. 337You courageous children do definitely have multi- million-fold help from BapDada.

297अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

338Achcha.

298पंजाव-हरियाणा , हिमाचल , जम्बू कश्मीर और उत्तरांचल-अच्छा है | पंजाब में नदियाँ बहुत है . pañjāv-hariyāṇā , himācal , jambū kaśhmīr aur uttarāñcal-acchā hai | pañjāb mē̃ nadiyā̃ bahut hai . x , x , x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x hōnā[pres.sg.23] | pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , x , x Kashmir and x be[pres.sg.23] | Punjab in river very be[pres.sg.23] .

339(Punjab: Hariyana, Himachal, Jammu Kashmir, and Uttranchal)It is good. 340There are many rivers in Punjab.

299तो नदियों का काम क्या है  ? tō nadiyō̃ kā kām kyā hai  ? tō nadī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then river of (task|lust) what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

341So, what is the duty of rivers?

300नदियाँ सभी को शीतलता देती है . nadiyā̃ sabhī kō śhītaltā dētī hai . nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] śhītaltā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . river all to x give[pres.sg.f.23] .

342Rivers give everyone coolness.

301तो आप परमात्म बच्चे पंजाब में शीतलता , शान्ति का वायुमण्डल फैलायेंगे . tō āp paramātma bachchē pañjāb mē̃ śhītaltā , śhānti kā vāyumaṇḍal phailāyēṅgē . tō āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhītaltā[n.f.;sg.] , śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you Supreme Soul child Punjab in x , peace of atmosphere spread[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

343So you children of God will spread coolness and peace into the atmosphere.

302वैसे पंजाब को शेर भी कहते हैं . vaisē pañjāb kō śhēr bhī kahtē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x Punjab to lion too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

344In fact, Punjab is also called a lion.

303पंजाब शेर है , तो शेर किससे डरता नहीं है , डराता है . pañjāb śhēr hai , tō śhēr kissē ḍartā nahī̃ hai , ḍarātā hai . pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.sē] ḍarnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ḍarānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Punjab lion be[pres.sg.23] , then lion who[.sē] have fear[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , x[pres.sg.m.23] . 304डरता नहीं है तो आप भी माया से डरना नहीं . ḍartā nahī̃ hai tō āp bhī māyā sē ḍarnā nahī̃ . ḍarnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ḍarnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . have fear[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] then you too Maya from have fear[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

345Punjab is a lion: a lion isn’t afraid of anyone. 346It makes others afraid, but is not afraid itself. 347So you too mustn’t be afraid of Maya.

305मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान बन सामना करना , ठीक है . master sarvśhaktivān ban sāmnā karnā , ṭhīk hai . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnā karnā[x] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . master Almighty Authority (become[root]|x) face[x] , OK be[pres.sg.23] .

348Be master almighty authorities, and oppose her. 349Is that okay?

306इतनी ताकत है पंजाब में  ? itnī tākat hai pañjāb mē̃  ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.]  ? such power be[pres.sg.23] Punjab in  ?

350Do you have this much strength in Punjab?

307करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

351Will you do this?

308चाहे उत्तरांचल हो , चाहे क्या भी हो , सभी करेंगे  ? chāhē uttarāñcal hō , chāhē kyā bhī hō , sabhī karē̃gē  ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kyā bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) what too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

352Whether you are from Uttranchal or wherever, will you do this?

309तो हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप . tō himmatē bachchē madadē bāp . tō himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then courage child x father .

353The children from Punjab are those who remain courageous and receive the Father’s help.

310कुछ भी आवे , मेरा बाबा कहने से सब खत्म हो जायेगा . kuchh bhī āvē , mērā bābā kahnē sē sab khatm hō jāyēgā . kuchh bhī[x] ānā[opt.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sab[adj.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . anything come[opt.sg.23] , I[.kā] Baba say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from all finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

354No matter what comes, say “my Baba”, and everything will finish.

311दिल से कहना , सिर्फ मुख से नही , मन से कहेंगे तो सब दुःख दूर हो जायेंगे . dil sē kahnā , sirph mukh sē nahī , man sē kahē̃gē tō sab duḥkh dūr hō jāyēṅgē . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sirph[adj.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . heart from say[inf.m.sg.d.] , only mouth from not , mind from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then all (hurt[root]|sorrow) distant be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

355Say it from your heart, not just with your lips. 356When you say it from your heart, all sorrow will then be removed.

312अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

357Achcha. 358You may sit down.

313आन्ध्र प्रदेश - ( करीब ४० हैं ) सदा अपने को , हम विजयीरत्न हैं क्योंकि परमात्मा का साथ है तो परमात्मा जिसका साथी है वह सदा विजयी है ही है . āndhra pradēśh - ( karīb ४० haĩ ) sadā apnē kō , ham vijayīratna haĩ kyōṅki paramātmā kā sāth hai tō paramātmā jiskā sāthī hai vah sadā vijayī hai hī hai . āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - ( karīb ४० hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , ham[pn.pl.] vijayī-ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.sg.kā] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Andhra x - ( nearly ४० be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) constantly one’s own to , we x be[pres.pl.12hon3] because Supreme Soul of with be[pres.sg.23] then Supreme Soul that[.kā] companion be[pres.sg.23] that constantly victorious be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .

359(Andhra Pradesh - about 40)Achcha, always consider yourselves to be victorious jewels, because you have God’s company. 360So, those who have God as their Companion are always victorious.

314तो सदा अपने को परमात्म साथी पाण्डव अनुभव करना . tō sadā apnē kō paramātma sāthī pāṇḍav anubhav karnā . tō sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then constantly one’s own to Supreme Soul companion Pandava experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

361So, always experience yourselves to be the Pandavas: God’s companions.

315विजय आपके गले का हार है , यही सदा स्मृति में रखना . vijay āpkē galē kā hār hai , yahī sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rakhnā . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . victory you[.kē] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] , this constantly awareness in keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

362Victory is the garland around your neck. 363It is, is it not? 364Victory is the garland around your neck. 365Always keep this in your awareness.

316गले में विजय की माला पिरोई हुई है . galē mē̃ vijay key|kī mālā pirōī huī hai . galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] pirōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) in victory (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland be threaded[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

366The garland of victory is around your neck.

317यह निश्चय और नशा रखना . yah niśhchay aur naśhā rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this faith and intoxication keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

367Always have this faith and intoxication.

318ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

368Is that okay?

319अभी आन्ध्रा नम्बर लेना . abhī āndhrā number lēnā . ab[adv.hī] āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] number lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now Andhra Pradesh number take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

369Now, those from Andhra have to claim a number.

320वह कहते हैं नम्बरवन और आप भी नम्बरवन बनना है तो नंबरटू बनके क्या करेंगे . vah kahtē haĩ number one aur āp bhī number one bannā hai tō number-two bankē kyā karē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] number one aur āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] number one bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō number two bannā[abs.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] number one and you too number one become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then x become[abs.] what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

370That group says number one, and you are also number one. 371If you are going to become something, become number one. 372What would you do by becoming number two?

321तो आप भी नम्बरवन बनना . tō āp bhī number one bannā . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] number one bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then you too number one become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

373So, you too must become number one.

322विन करेंगे तो वन होंगे . win karē̃gē tō one hōṅgē . win karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō one hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . win do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then one be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

374If you win, then you will become one.

323विन करना आता है ना , तो विन , वन . win karnā ātā hai nā , tō win , one . win karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , tō win , one . win do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , then win , one .

375You know how to win, do you not? 376So win, and become one.

324अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

377Achcha.

325मुम्बई और महाराष्ट्र-महाराष्ट्र का अर्थ ही है महान , महान हो ना . mumbaī aur mahārāṣhṭra-mahārāṣhṭra kā arth|earth hī hai mahān , mahān hō nā . x aur mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mahān, mahā[adj.] , mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . x and Maharashtra of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] great , great (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

378(Mumbai and Maharashtra)The meaning of Maharashtra is great, so you are great, are you not?

326अभी बाप की याद और सेवा द्वारा अपने को महान बनाये औरों को भी महान बनाना . abhī bāp kī yād aur sēvā dvārā apnē kō mahān banāyē aurō̃ kō bhī mahān banānā . ab[adv.hī] bāp kī yād[x] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mahān, mahā[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now remembrance of the Father and service through one’s own to great create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] others to too great create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

379Now, make yourself great with remembrance of the Father and with service, and also make others great.

327जैसा नाम है ना महाराष्ट्र . jaisā nām hai nā mahārāṣhṭra . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] . like name be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Maharashtra . 328तो कोई महान कार्य करेंगे ना . tō kōī mahān kārya karē̃gē nā . tō kōī[pn.;d.] mahān, mahā[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then some great task do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

380As is your name, Maharashtra, so you will perform some great task, will you not?

329तो महान बनना ही है , और महान कार्य करके दिखाना है . tō mahān bannā hī hai , aur mahān kārya karkē dikhānā hai . tō mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur mahān, mahā[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then great become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , and great task do[abs.] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

381So you have to become great, and also definitely show this by performing some great task.

330ऐसे पक्के हैं  ? aisē pakkē haĩ  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? such firm be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

382Are you firm in this?

331पक्के  ? pakkē  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? firm  ?

383Are you firm?

332महान तो पक्के ही होते हैं . mahān tō pakkē hī hōtē haĩ . mahān, mahā[adj.] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . great then firm only be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

384Pukka? 385Those who are great are always strong.

333बापदादा को खुशी है हर एक जो भी आये हैं वह हिम्मतवाले हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai har ēk jō bhī āyē haĩ vah himmatavālē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] each one that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

386BapDada is pleased that everyone who has come is courageous.

334घबराने वाले नहीं हैं . ghabrānē vālē nahī̃ haĩ . ghabrānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . be afraid[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

387You are not those who are afraid.

335इमलिए मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . imaliē mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . x mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

388Therefore, congratulations. 389Congratulations. 390Congratulations.

336कर्नाटक-कर्नाटक वालों को बापदादा कहते हैं , देखो नाम है , कर-नाटक , नाटक कर . karnāṭak-karnāṭak vālō̃ kō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ , dēkhō nām hai , kar-nāṭak , nāṭak kar . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x , nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] . Karnataka those who to BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] name be[pres.sg.23] , x , play do[root] .

391(Karnataka) To those from Karnataka, BapDada says: look, your name is “ perform a play”.

337तो इस सृष्टि को भी नाटक कहते हैं , बेहद का ड्रामा . tō is sr̥iṣhṭi kō bhī nāṭak kahtē haĩ , bēhad kā drama . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bēhad kā[x] drama . then this world to too play say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , unlimited drama .

392This world is also called a play, an unlimited drama.

338इसमें कर्नाटक वाले क्या बजायेंगे  ? ismē̃ karnāṭak vālē kyā bajāyēṅgē  ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? this[.mē̃] Karnataka those who what play[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

393What part will those from Karnataka play in it?

339हीरो पार्ट बजाएंगे  ? hero part bajāēṅgē  ? hero part[n.m.;sg.,d.] x  ? hero part x  ?

394Will you play a hero part?

340हीरो . hero . hero . hero .

395Hero.

341अच्छा इसके लिए क्या करना पडेगा . achchhā iskē liē kyā karnā paḍēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . achcha this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) what do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

396Achcha, so what will you have to do for this?

342बहुत छोटी-सी बात है , जीरो का याद करना तो हीरो बन जायेंगे . bahut chhōṭī-sī bāt hai , zero kā yād karnā tō hero ban jāyēṅgē . bahut chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , zero kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād karnā[x] tō hero bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . very small matter be[pres.sg.23] , zero of remember then hero become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

397It is a very 398small thing. 399Remember the Zero, and you will become a hero.

343सहज है ना . sahaj hai nā . sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

400It is easy, is it not?

344और जीरो स्वयं आत्मा भी है , और जीरो बाप भी है , तो जीरो को याद करना , हीरो बन पार्ट बजाना , ठीक है ना . aur zero svayã ātmā bhī hai , aur zero bāp bhī hai , tō zero kō yād karnā , hero ban part bajānā , ṭhīk hai nā . aur zero svayã ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur zero bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō zero kō[postp.] yād karnā[x] , hero bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] part bajānā[x] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . and zero x soul too be[pres.sg.23] , and zero father too be[pres.sg.23] , then zero to remember , hero (become[root]|x) play one's part , OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

401And you, the soul, yourself, are a zero, and the Father is also the Zero. 402So, remember the Zero, and play a hero part. 403Is that okay?

345बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

404Very good.

346भले आये . bhalē āyē . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . benefit (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .

405Welcome.

347मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

406Congratulations.

348तामिलनाडु-देखो पाण्डव भी पाँच थे | आप अगर थोडे हैं , कोई हर्जा नही . tāmilanāḍu-dēkhō pāṇḍav bhī pañch thē | āp agar thōḍē haĩ , kōī harjā nahī . x pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pañch[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] | āp[pn.pl.] agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . x Pandava too five be[past.pl] | you if short be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some x not .

407(Tamil Nadu)Look, there were five Pandavas. 408If you are few in number, it doesn’t matter.

349लेकिन पाँच पाण्डव थाडे होते भी विजयी बन गये . lēkin pañch pāṇḍav thāḍē hōtē bhī vijayī ban gayē . lēkin pañch[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . but five Pandava x be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too victorious become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

409Though there were only five Pandavas, they became victorious.

350तो आप आये थोड़े हो लेकिन विजयीरत्न हैं , और सदा विजयी रहेंगे , संख्या कम है तो कोई हर्जा नहीं लेकिन विजयी हैं , विजयी रहेंगे . tō āp āyē thōṛē hō lēkin vijayīratna haĩ , aur sadā vijayī rahē̃gē , saṅkhyā cum|kam hai tō kōī harjā nahī̃ lēkin vijayī haĩ , vijayī rahē̃gē . tō āp[pn.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vijayī-ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur sadā vijayī[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vijayī[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) short (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and constantly victorious remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then some x not but victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] , victorious remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

410So only a few of you have come, but you are victorious jewels, and you will always remain victorious. 411It doesn’t matter that the number is small, for you are victorious, and you will remain victorious.

351तो विजय का वरदान आप सबका विशेष है . tō vijay kā vardān āp sabkā viśhēṣh hai . tō vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then victory of blessing you everyone's special be[pres.sg.23] .

412So, all of you especially have the blessing of victory.

352ठीक है , विजयी बनेंगे . ṭhīk hai , vijayī banē̃gē . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vijayī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . OK be[pres.sg.23] , victorious become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

413Is it okay? 414You will be victorious.

353गुजरात-बापदादा आप सबके मस्तक में क्या देख रहें हैं  ? gujarāt-bāpadādā āp sabkē mastak mē̃ kyā dēkh rahē̃ haĩ  ? x āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x you everyone's forehead in what see[root] remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

415(Gujarat) What is BapDada seeing on the forehead of all of you?

354बापदादा आपके मस्तक में तीन बिन्दुओं का तिलक देख रहें हैं . bāpdādā āpkē mastak mē̃ tīn binduō̃ kā tilak dēkh rahē̃ haĩ . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] bindu[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada you[.kē] forehead in x point of tilak see[root] remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

416BapDada is seeing the tilak of the three dots on the forehead of all of you.

355वह तीन बिन्दियाँ हैं , एक आप आत्मा बिन्दी , बिन्दी हो ना . vah tīn bindiyā̃ haĩ , ēk āp ātmā bindī , bindī hō nā . vah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . that x point be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one you soul point , point (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

417Those three dots are: one, the soul is a point: it is a point, is it not?

356बाप भी बिन्दी , और जो कुछ ड्रामा में बीत जाता है तो उसको फुलस्टॉप लगाया जाता है , तो फुलस्टॉप भी बिन्दी होता है ना . bāp bhī bindī , aur jō kuchh drama mē̃ bīt jātā hai tō uskō fullstop lagāyā jātā hai , tō fullstop bhī bindī hōtā hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , aur jō kuchh[x] drama mē̃[postp.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] full stop lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , tō full stop bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . father too point , and whatever drama in pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then that[.kō] full stop (attach[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|attach[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , then full stop too point be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

418The Father is also a point, and whatever happens in the drama, a full stop is applied to it. 419So, what is a full-stop? 420It is a point, is it not?

357तो आप सबके मस्तक में तीन बिन्दुओं का तिलक देख रहें हैं . tō āp sabkē mastak mē̃ tīn binduō̃ kā tilak dēkh rahē̃ haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] bindu[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then you everyone's forehead in x point of tilak see[root] remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

421So, BapDada is seeing the tilak of the three dots on your forehead.

358अभी रोज अमृतवेले उठकर बापदादा से मिलन मनायें शक्ति लें , दुआयें लें , अपने आपको तीन बिन्दुओं का तिलक लगाना . abhī rōj amr̥itvēlē uṭhkar bāpdādā sē milan manāyē̃ śhakti lē̃ , duāyē̃ lē̃ , apnē āpkō tīn binduō̃ kā tilak lagānā . ab[adv.hī] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] uṭhnā[abs.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[opt.pl.12hon3] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] tīn[adj.] bindu[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now day amrit vela wake up[abs.] BapDada from meeting celebrate[opt.pl.12hon3] Shakti take[opt.pl.12hon3] , blessing take[opt.pl.12hon3] , one’s own you[.kō] x point of tilak attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

422Now, every day, everyone wake up at amrit vela, celebrate a meeting with BapDada, take power, take blessings, and put the tilak of the three dots on yourself.

359तिलक मस्तक में ही लगाया जाता है क्योंकि मस्तक स्मृति का स्थान है . tilak mastak mē̃ hī lagāyā jātā hai kyōṅki mastak smr̥iti kā sthān hai . tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] kyōṅki mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . tilak forehead in only (attach[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|attach[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) because forehead awareness of place be[pres.sg.23] .

423A tilak is applied on the forehead, because the forehead is the place of awareness.

360तो आप स्मृति का , तीन बिन्दुओं का रोज तिलक लगाना . tō āp smr̥iti kā , tīn binduō̃ kā rōj tilak lagānā . tō āp[pn.pl.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tīn[adj.] bindu[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōz tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then you awareness of , x point of day tilak attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

424So, all of you apply the tilak of the awareness of the three dots every day.

361तिलक लगाना आता है ना . tilak lagānā ātā hai nā . tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . tilak attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

425You know how to apply a tilak, do you not?

362अभी यह तिलक लगाना तो सारा दिन बहुत सहयोग मिलेगा . abhī yah tilak lagānā tō sārā din bahut sahyōg milēgā . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . now this tilak attach[inf.m.sg.d.] then the whole day very cooperation receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

426So, now apply this tilak and you will receive co-operation throughout the day.

363तिलकधारी बन ताजधारी बन जायेंगे , तख्तधारी बन जायेंगे . tilakdhārī ban tājdhārī ban jāyēṅgē , takhtadhārī ban jāyēṅgē . tilakdhārī[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tājdhārī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , takhtadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . x (become[root]|x) crowned become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

427Be one who is wearing this tilak, and you will become crowned, and seated on the throne.

364अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

428Achcha.

365ईस्टर्न-ईस्ट से क्या निकलता है  ? eastern-east sē kyā nikaltā hai  ? x sē[postp.] kyā nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? x from what be extracted[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

429(Eastern Zone)This is the whole Eastern zone: what emerges in the East?

366सूर्य निकलता है . sūrya nikaltā hai . sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . sun be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .

430The sun rises in the East.

367तो आप ईस्टर्न जोन की तरफ से आये हो तो क्या जाकर करेंगे  ? tō āp eastern zone key|kī taraph sē āyē hō tō kyā jākar karē̃gē  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] eastern zone key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō kyā jānā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then you x zone (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then what go[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

431All of you have come from the Eastern zone, so what will you do?

368ज्ञानसूर्य उदय हो चुका है , इसका परिचय सबको देना . gyānsūrya uday hō chukā hai , iskā parichay sabkō dēnā . gyān sūrya[n.m.;sg.,d.] uday[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] , yah[pn.sg.kā] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Sun of Knowledge rise be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] , this[.kā] introduction everything give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

432^The^Sun^of^Knowledge^has^risen. 433Give everyone this introduction.

369जैसे सूर्य सबको सकाश देता है ना , रोशनी देता है ना , ऐसे आप भी मास्टर हो ना . jaisē sūrya sabkō sakāśh dētā hai nā , rōśhnī dētā hai nā , aisē āp bhī master hō nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] master hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . like sun everything sakaash give[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , light give[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , such you too master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

434Just as the sun gives energy and light to everyone, in the same way, you have all become master suns, have you not?

370आप मास्टर ज्ञानसूर्य हो गये तो आप क्या करेंगे  ? āp master gyānsūrya hō gayē tō āp kyā karē̃gē  ? āp[pn.pl.] master gyān sūrya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? you master Sun of Knowledge be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

435You have become master suns of knowledge, and so what will you do?

371सबको रोशनी देना , सकाश देना . sabkō rōśhnī dēnā , sakāśh dēnā . sabkō rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . everything light give[inf.m.sg.d.] , sakaash give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

436Give everyone light. 437Give them energy.

372यह है ईस्टर्न जोन का कार्य . yah hai eastern zone kā kārya . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] eastern zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] x zone of task .

438This is the duty of the Eastern zone.

373ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

439Is it okay?

374बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

440Very good.

375वैसे ईस्टर्न से ही ब्रह्मा बाप निकला , लक्की है . vaisē eastern sē hī brahmā bāp nikalā , lucky hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] eastern sē[postp.] hī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lucky hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x from only Brahma father be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lucky be[pres.sg.23] .

441In fact, Father Brahma also emerged from the Eastern Zone. 442You are lucky.

376तो आप लोग तो डबल लकी हो गये . tō āp lōg tō double lucky hō gayē . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō double lucky hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then you people then double lucky be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

443So you have become doubly lucky.

377स्थान भी लकी आत्मायें भी लकी . sthān bhī lucky ātmāyē̃ bhī lucky . sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] lucky ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] lucky . place too lucky soul too lucky .

444The place is lucky, and you souls are lucky.

378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

445Achcha.

379बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

446Very good.

380राजस्थान-नाम ही है राजस्थान . rājasthān-nām hī hai rājasthān . x hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rājasthān . x only be[pres.sg.23] x .

447(Rajasthan)The very name is Rajasthan (place of kings).

381तो राजस्थान में राजायें रहते थे . tō rājasthān mē̃ rājāyē̃ rahtē thē . tō rājasthān mē̃[postp.] rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] . then x in king remain[hab-past.pl.m.] .

448Kings live in Rajasthan.

382अभी तो नहीं हैं लेकिन रहते थे . abhī tō nahī̃ haĩ lēkin rahtē thē . ab[adv.hī] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin rahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] . now then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but remain[hab-past.pl.m.] .

449There are no kings now, but they used to be here.

383तो आप भी राजा बनके जा रहे हैं . tō āp bhī rājā bankē jā rahē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then you too king become[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

450So you are also going back having become kings.

384राजा बने  ? rājā banē  ? rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23]  ? king (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23])  ?

451Have you become kings?

385स्वराज्य . svarājya . svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . own kingdom .

452Self-sovereignty.

386स्वराज्य का तिलक लगाया ना . svarājya kā tilak lagāyā nā . svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . own kingdom of tilak attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

453You applied the tilak of self-sovereignty, did you not?

387तो हमेशा यही याद रखना कि हम राजस्थान के स्वराज्य अधिकारी हैं . tō hamēśhā yahī yād rakhnā ki ham rājasthān K|kē svarājya adhikārī haĩ . tō hamēśhā yahī[pn.;d.] yād rakhnā[x] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then x this remember that we x (K|of) self-sovereign be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

454So, always remember that you from Rajasthan have a right to self-sovereignty.

388जो स्वराज्य अधिकारी बनता है वह विश्व का राज्य अधिकारी अन्डस्टुड बनता है . jō svarājya adhikārī bantā hai vah viśhva kā rājya adhikārī understood bantā hai . jō[pn.;d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya adhikārī[x] understand bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . that self-sovereign become[pres.sg.m.23] that world of master understand become[pres.sg.m.23] .

455It is understood that those who become self-sovereigns also claim a right to sovereignty of the world.

389तो स्वराज्य कभी ढीला नहीं करना , राजा तो राजा होता है ना . tō svarājya kabhī ḍhīlā nahī̃ karnā , rājā tō rājā hōtā hai nā . tō svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . then own kingdom ever x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , king then king be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

456Therefore, never become slack in your self-sovereignty. 457A king is a king, is he not?

390कभी भी कोई कमेंन्द्रियों के वश नहीं होना . kabhī bhī kōī kamēnndriyō̃ K|kē vaśh nahī̃ hōnā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] karmēndriy[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaśh[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever too some physical organ (K|of) control not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .

458Never become influenced by any physical organs.

391राजा बनके ऑर्डर करना , राजा बनके कायदे से चलाना . rājā bankē order karnā , rājā bankē kāydē sē chalānā . rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] order karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . king become[abs.] order do[inf.m.sg.d.] , king become[abs.] law from x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

459Give orders as a king, be a king, and rule the kingdom lawfully.

392तो राजस्थान को स्वराज्य अधिकारी का वरदान है . tō rājasthān kō svarājya adhikārī kā vardān hai . tō rājasthān kō[postp.] svarājya adhikārī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x to self-sovereign of blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

460So, those from Rajasthan have the blessing of being self-sovereigns.

393ठीक है ना ' स्वराज्य है ना पक्का ' . ṭhīk hai nā ' svarājya hai nā pakkā ' . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ' svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ' . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ' own kingdom be[pres.sg.23] ∅ firm ' .

461Is this okay? 462You have strong self-sovereignty, do you not?

394देखो राजस्थान बहुत नजदीक है तो जो नियरेस्ट होता है वह डियरेस्ट होता है . dēkhō rājasthān bahut najdīk hai tō jō nearest hōtā hai vah dearest hōtā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rājasthān bahut nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jō[pn.;d.] nearest hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] dearest hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x very x be[pres.sg.23] then that x be[pres.sg.m.23] that dearest be[pres.sg.m.23] .

463Look, Rajasthan is very close, so those who are nearest are also the dearest.

395तो ऐसे ही अपने को अनुभव करना . tō aisē hī apnē kō anubhav karnā . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then such only one’s own to experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

464Therefore, experience yourself to be like that.

396अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

465Achcha.

397यूपी  : तीन हैं . UP  : tīn haĩ . U P  : tīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . U.P.  : x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

466(UP)There are three.

398तीन तो त्रिमूर्ति गाई हुई है . tīn tō trimūrti gāī huī hai . tīn[adj.] tō trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x then Trimurti sing[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

467The Trimurti is remembered as three.

399तो एक है मास्टर ब्रह्मा , मास्टर विष्णु , मास्टर शंकर , त्रिमूर्ति हो गई . tō ēk hai master brahmā , master viṣhṇu , master śhaṅkar , trimūrti hō gaī . tō ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] master brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , master viṣhṇu[n.m.;sg.,d.] , master śhaṅkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] , trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . then one be[pres.sg.23] master Brahma , master Vishnu , master Shankar , Trimurti be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

468So you are master Brahma, master Vishnu, and master Shankar. 469You are the Trimurti.

400बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

470Very good.

401देखो , परमात्मा भी त्रिमूर्ति शिव कहलाया जाता है . dēkhō , paramātmā bhī trimūrti śhiv kahlāyā jātā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] trimūrti śhiv[x] kahlānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahlānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Supreme Soul too Trimurti Shiva (call[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|call[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .

471Look, even God is called Trimurti Shiva.

402तो आप त्रिमूर्ति भी कमाल करके दिखायेंगे . tō āp trimūrti bhī kamāl karkē dikhāyēṅgē . tō āp[pn.pl.] trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you Trimurti too x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

472So you who are the Trimurti will also perform wonders.

403बापदादा हमेशा छोटा जो होता है ना उसको समान बाप कहते हैं . bāpdādā hamēśhā chhōṭā jō hōtā hai nā uskō samān bāp kahtē haĩ . bāpdādā hamēśhā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kō] samān[adj.] bāp kahtē haĩ[x] . BapDada x small that be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that[.kō] equal the Father says .

473BapDada always says that those who are small are said to be equal to the Father.

404तो आपकी संख्या थोडी है लेकिन हैं बाप समान . tō āpkī saṅkhyā thōḍī hai lēkin haĩ bāp samān . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bāp samān[x] . then you[.kī] x short be[pres.sg.23] but be[pres.pl.12hon3] equal to the Father .

474So, you are few in number, but you are equal to the Father.

405अभी दूसरी बारी अपना ज्यादा संगठन बनाके आना . abhī dūsrī bārī apnā jyādā saṅgaṭhan banākē ānā . ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] banānā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . now other x (one’s own|adopt[root]) more gathering create[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .

475Now, in the next turn, create a bigger gathering, and bring them here.

406बनायेंगे ना  ? banāyēṅgē nā  ? banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

476You will create this, will you not?

407आप समान बनाके फिर बड़े संगठन से प्राइज आके लेना . āp samān banākē phir baṛē saṅgaṭhan sē prize ākē lēnā . āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] banānā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] sē[postp.] prize ānā[abs.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you equal create[abs.] (then|turn[root]) very gathering from prize come[abs.] take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

477Make them equal to yourselves, and then come and take a prize from the bigger gathering.

408अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

478Achcha.

409मध्य प्रदेश , छत्तीसगढ़  : अच्छा है . madhya pradēśh , chattīsagaṛh  : achchhā hai . madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . middle x , x  : achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

479(Madhya Pradesh, Chhatisgadh)It is good.

410आप सभी इन्दौर और भोपाल दोनों ऐसी कमाल करके दिखाना जो अबतक किसने की नहीं हो क्योंकि इन्दौर ब्रह्मा बाप ने अपने संकल्प से स्थापन किया था . āp sabhī Indore aur bhōpāl dōnō̃ aisī kamāl karkē dikhānā jō abatak kisnē key|kī nahī̃ hō kyōṅki Indore brahmā bāp nē apnē saṅkalp sē sthāpan kiyā thā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] Indore aur bhōpāl dōnō̃ aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] x kaun[pn.sg.nē] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki Indore brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-perf.m.sg.] . you all Indore and Bhopal x such x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] that x who[.nē] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because Indore Brahma father ∅ one’s own thought from establishment do[past-perf.m.sg.] . 411इन्दौर की विशेषता है , ब्रह्मा बाप की नजर इन्दौर के ऊपर पड़ी थी . Indore key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai , brahmā bāp key|kī najar Indore kē ūpar paṛī thī . Indore key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] Indore kē ūpar[x] paṛnā[past-perf.f.] . Indore (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , Brahma father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) glance Indore over fall[past-perf.f.] .

480All of you from Indore and Bhopal have to perform wonders such as no-one has yet performed up to today, because Father Brahma established Indore through his thoughts: the speciality of Indore is that Father Brahma’s vision fell on Indore.

412तो इन्दौर वाले और भोपाल वाले , हैं तो मध्यप्रदेश . tō Indore vālē aur bhōpāl vālē , haĩ tō madhyapradēśh . tō Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō madhyapradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Indore those who and Bhopal those who , be[pres.pl.12hon3] then MP .

481So, you are those from Indore, Bhopal (in Madhya Pradesh).

413लेकिन ऐसी कमाल करके दिखाना , कम-से-कम एक कमाल यह करना , इजी है – कोई-न-कोई ऐसा माइक तैयार करो जिसकी आवाज सुनकर सभी पर , अनेकों के ऊपर , प्रभाव पड़े . lēkin aisī kamāl karkē dikhānā , kam-sē-kam ēk kamāl yah karnā , easy hai – kōī-na-kōī aisā mike taiyār karō jiskī āvāj sunkar sabhī par , anēkō̃ kē ūpar , prabhāv paṛē . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kam sē kam[adv.] ēk[adj.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , easy hōnā[pres.sg.23] – kōī na kōī[pn.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] par[postp.]|par[adj.] , anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] , prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23]|paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . but such x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] , at least one x this do[inf.m.sg.d.] , easy be[pres.sg.23] – one .. or another such mike x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kī] noise listen[abs.] all (at|other) , many over , x (fall[opt.sg.23]|fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

482However, perform such wonders. 483At the least perform one wonder! 484It is easy. 485Prepare one mike or another, and on hearing his sound an impact will be created on many others.

414अनेकों का कल्याण करने के निमित्त बन जाए . anēkō̃ kā kalyāṇ karnē kē nimitt ban jāē . anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . many of benefit do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

486He should become an instrument to benefit many.

415जैसे देखो एक माइक कितना कार्य कर रहा है , कितने सुन रहे हैं . jaisē dēkhō ēk mike kitnā kārya kar rahā hai , kitnē sun rahē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] mike kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one mike so task do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , so listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

487For instance, look how much work this mike is doing. 488So many are hearing through it.

416तो ऐसा अथॉरिटी वाला बोल हो , जो अनेक सुन करके परिवर्तन हो जाए , उसको बापदादा कहते हैं ‘ माइक ’ . tō aisā authority vālā bōl hō , jō anēk sun karkē parivartan hō jāē , uskō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ‘ mike ’ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] authority vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] anēk[adj.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ‘ mike ’ . then such authority those who (speak[root]|x) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that many listen[root] do[abs.] transformation be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , that[.kō] BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ‘ mike ’ .

489So, someone should speak with such authority that the many who listen to him are transformed. 490BapDada calls such a soul a “mike”.

417तो कम-से-कम एक माइक तैयार करके आना . tō kam-sē-kam ēk mike taiyār karkē ānā . tō kam sē kam[adv.] ēk[adj.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then at least one mike x do[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .

491So, at the least, definitely prepare one mike, and then come.

418ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

492Is it okay?

419कमाल करना . kamāl karnā . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

493Perform wonders.

420बस सिर्फ मेरा बाबा , मेरी सेवा , यह याद रखना तो सब काम हो जायेगा . bas sirph mērā bābā , mērī sēvā , yah yād rakhnā tō sab kām hō jāyēgā . basnā[root]|bas sirph[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[x] tō sab[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x[root]|simply) only I[.kā] Baba , I[.kī] service , this remember then all (task|lust) be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

494Simply remember: “my Baba and my service”, and all the work will be accomplished.

421अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

495Achcha.

422श्रीलंका , मलेशिया , यू . एस . ए .  : देखो विदेश की भी सौगात देख ली ना . śhrīlaṅkā , Malaysia , U|you . S . A .  : dēkhō vidēśh key|kī bhī saugāt dēkh lī nā . laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] , Malaysia , U|you . S . A .  : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā . Lanka , Malaysia , (U.|x) . x . a .  : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] abroad (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too gift see[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ∅ .

496(Sri Lanka)Look, you have also seen the gift from abroad, have you not?

423श्रीलंका में सेवा बहुत अच्छी की है . śhrīlaṅkā mē̃ sēvā bahut achchhī kī hai . laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Lanka in service very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

497Sri Lanka did very good service.

424बापदादा ने समाचार सुना कि प्रकृति के जल सुनामी की हालत में श्रीलंका वालों ने बहुत सहयोग दिया , आध्यात्मिक भी और चीजों का भी . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā ki prakr̥iti K|kē jal tsunami key|kī hālat mē̃ śhrīlaṅkā vālō̃ nē bahut sahyōg diyā , ādhyātmik bhī aur chījō̃ kā bhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jalnā[root]|jal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tsunami key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hālat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ādhyātmik[adj.] bhī[p.] aur chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that matter (K|of) (x[root]|x) tsunami (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) situation in Lanka those who ∅ very cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , spiritual too and thing of too .

498BapDada heard the news of how, in the calamity of water, in the Tsunami incident, those from Sri Lanka gave a lot of help: spiritual and well as physical.

425और बापदादा ने बहुत अच्छी खबर सुनी है कि वहाँ सेवाकेन्द्र खोलने की कोशिश कर रहे हैं , जहाँ आपदायें आई थी , तो यह भी अच्छा प्लैन बना रहे हैं और श्रीलंका का नाम सुन करके तो रावण को जीतने का संकल्प आता है . aur bāpdādā nē bahut achchhī khabar sunī hai ki vahā̃ sēvākēndra khōlnē key|kī kōśhiśh kar rahē haĩ , jahā̃ āpdāyē̃ āī thī , tō yah bhī achchhā plan banā rahē haĩ aur śhrīlaṅkā kā nām sun karkē tō rāvaṇ kō jītnē kā saṅkalp ātā hai . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khabar[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] vahā̃ sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , jahā̃ āpdā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[past-perf.f.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] tō rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jītnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . and BapDada ∅ very achcha x listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that there centre open[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) try do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , where there calamity come[past-perf.f.] , then this too achcha plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and Lanka of name listen[root] do[abs.] then Ravan to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of thought come[pres.sg.m.23] .

499BapDada heard very good news. 500So, you are trying to open a centre where this calamity came, and that is a very good plan you are making. 501And, on hearing the name Sri Lanka, one has the thought of conquering Ravan.

426तो श्रीलंका में रावण का नामनिशान नहीं रहे , रावण वह नहीं , यह 5 बुराईयाँ ही रावण है . tō śhrīlaṅkā mē̃ rāvaṇ kā nāmniśhān nahī̃ rahē , rāvaṇ vah nahī̃ , yah 5 burāīyā̃ hī rāvaṇ hai . tō laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] , rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.sg.d.] 5 x hī[p.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Lanka in Ravan of x not (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) , Ravan that not , this 5 x only Ravan be[pres.sg.23] .

502So, no name or trace of Ravan should remain in Sri Lanka. 503Not that Ravan, but the Ravan of the five defects.

4275 विकार नारी में भी है , 5 विकार नर में भी है , तो दोनों का मिला हुआ १० शीश वाला रावण दिखाते हैं . 5 vikār nārī mē̃ bhī hai , 5 vikār nar mē̃ bhī hai , tō dōnō̃ kā milā huā १० śhīśh vālā rāvaṇ dikhātē haĩ . 5 vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 5 vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] १० śhīśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 5 vice x in too be[pres.sg.23] , 5 vice human being in too be[pres.sg.23] , then x of (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] १० head those who Ravan x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

504There are five vices of the male, and five vices of the female, and so, altogether, they show Ravan with ten heads.

428बाकी १० शीशवाला मनुष्य सोयेगा कैसे , खायेगा कैसे , लेकिन यह बुराईयों का सूचक है . bākī १० śīśavālā manuṣhya sōyēgā kaisē , khāyēgā kaisē , lēkin yah burāīyō̃ kā sūchak hai . bākī|bākī १० x manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[fut.m.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , khānā[fut.m.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sūchak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) १० x human being sleep[fut.m.sg.23] how , eat[fut.m.sg.23] how , but this x of symbol be[pres.sg.23] .

505But, how would a poor person with ten heads go to sleep? 506How would he eat? 507However, those defects are symbolic.

429तो लंका निवासी बहुत अच्छा प्लैन बना रहें हैं और सारे ब्राह्मण परिवार आपके सहयोगी हैं , बापदादा तो है ही . tō laṅkā nivāsī bahut achchhā plan banā rahē̃ haĩ aur sārē brāhmaṇ parivār āpkē sahyōgī haĩ , bāpdādā tō hai hī . tō laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāpdādā tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . then Lanka resident very achcha plan (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] and the whole Brahmin family you[.kē] co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] , BapDada then be[pres.sg.23] only .

508So, the residents of Lanka are making a very good plan. 509The whole Brahmin family is co-operating with you. 510BapDada is anyway.

430पहले बापदादा फिर सर्व परिवार भी इस सेवा के सहयोगी हैं . pahlē bāpdādā phir sarv parivār bhī is sēvā K|kē sahyōgī haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāpdādā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sarv[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) BapDada (then|turn[root]) all family too this service (K|of) co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

511First, it is BapDada, and then the whole family too is co-operating in this service.

431अच्छी उन्नति कर रहे हैं . achchhī unnati kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha self-progress do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

512You are progressing well.

432इसके लिए मुबारक है , पदमगुणा मुबारक . iskē liē mubārak hai , padamguṇā mubārak . yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , multimillion-fold congratulations .

513Congratulations for that. 514Multi-million-fold congratulations.

433अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

515Achcha.

434मलेशिया में भी सेवा का उमंग बहुत है . Malaysia mē̃ bhī sēvā kā umaṅg bahut hai . Malaysia mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Malaysia in too service of zeal very be[pres.sg.23] .

516Malaysiaalso has a lot of enthusiasm for service.

435बापदादा के पास तो सब समाचार भी आते हैं . bāpdādā kē pās tō sab samāchār bhī ātē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō sab[adj.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to then all news too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

517BapDada receives all the news.

436और अभी-अभी याद भी भेजी है ना . aur abhī-abhī yād bhī bhējī hai nā . aur ab[adv.hī] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . and now remembrance too x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .

518They have even sent their remembrance just recently.

437तो मलेशिया में सर्विस का शौक अच्छा है और सेंटर के पीछे सेन्टर खोलते ही जाते हैं और सफलता भी मिलती जाती है इसीलिए मलेशिया वाली सभी ब्राह्मण आत्माओं को जिन्होंने भी यादप्यार भेजा है , पत्र भेजा है , उन सभी बच्चों को पदमगुणा दुआयें और यादप्यार . tō Malaysia mē̃ service kā śhauk achchhā hai aur centre kē pīchhē centre khōltē hī jātē haĩ aur saphaltā bhī miltī jātī hai isīliē Malaysia vālī sabhī brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kō jinhōnnē bhī yādpyār bhējā hai , patra bhējā hai , un sabhī bachchō̃ kō padamguṇā duāyē̃ aur yādpyār . tō Malaysia mē̃[postp.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhauk[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur centre kē pīchhē[x] centre khōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] isīliē Malaysia vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Malaysia in service of interest achcha be[pres.sg.23] and centre x centre open[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and success too receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] x Malaysia those who all Brahmin soul to that[.nē] too love, remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that all child to multimillion-fold blessing and love, remembrance .

519They are very interested in doing service in Malaysia. 520They continue to open centre after centre there, and continue to receive success, and this is why one letter has been sent to all the Brahmin souls of Malaysia who have sent their love and remembrance, and their letters. 521One letter has been sent to them, but it has multi-million-fold blessings and love and remembrance.

438अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

522Achcha.

439आप सभी मधुबन निवासी अपने भाई-बहनों को देखकर बहुत खुश हुए ना . āp sabhī madhuban nivāsī apnē bhāī-bahanō̃ kō dēkhkar bahut khuśh huē nā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . you all Madhuban resident one’s own brother and sister to see[abs.] very happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ .

523All of you Madhuban residents were very happy to see your brothers and sisters, were you not?

440खुश हैं  ? khuśh haĩ  ? khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

524Are you happy?

441आप लोगों ने मधुबन में रौनक कर दी . āp lōgō̃ nē madhuban mē̃ raunak kar dī . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] . you people ∅ Madhuban in splendour do[past-part.f..root+dēnā] .

525All of you brought splendour to Madhuban.

442बापदादा कहतें है कि बच्चे मधुबन का श्रृंगार हैं . bāpdādā kahatē̃ hai ki bachchē madhuban kā śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . bāpdādā x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada x be[pres.sg.23] that child Madhuban of (decoration|decorate[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 443तो मधुबन वाले , देखो आप लोगों को देखकर बहुत खुश हो रहें हैं . tō madhuban vālē , dēkhō āp lōgō̃ kō dēkhkar bahut khuśh hō rahē̃ haĩ . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Madhuban those who , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you people to see[abs.] very happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

526BapDada says that the children are the beauty of Madhuban. so, just look how those from Madhuban have become very happy on seeing all of you.

444सेवा का चांस दिया तो कितना पुण्य जमा हो गया , इसीलिए खुश हो रहे हैं . sēvā kā chance diyā tō kitnā puṇya jamā hō gayā , isīliē khuśh hō rahē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[x] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , isīliē khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . service of chance give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then so charity x[x] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

527You gave them a chance for service, and so you did so much charity. 528This is why they are happy.

445अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

529Achcha.

446यह भी आज का मिलन ड्रामा में नूँधा हुआ था जो रिपीट हुआ और हर कल्प रिपीट होता रहेगा . yah bhī āj kā milan drama mē̃ nūndhā huā thā jō repeat huā aur har|her kalp repeat hōtā rahēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] drama mē̃[postp.] nūndhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-perf.m.sg.] jō[pn.;d.] repeat hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] repeat hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . this too today of meeting drama in x be[past-perf.m.sg.] that repeat be[past-part.m.sg.d.] and (x[root]|x) cycle repeat be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

530This meeting of today was fixed in the drama, and it was repeated, and will continue to repeat every cycle.

447अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

531Achcha.

448चारों ओर के देश विदेश के बच्चों की याद बापदादा को मिली है . chārō̃ ōr K|kē dēśh vidēśh K|kē bachchō̃ key|kī yād bāpdādā kō milī hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . everywhere (K|of) land abroad (K|of) child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance BapDada to receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

532BapDada received love and remembrance from all the children from this land and abroad.

449चाहे फोन द्वारा याद भेजी है , चाहे पत्र द्वारा , चाहे दिल में याद किया है , तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों को चाहे भारत के , चाहे विदेश के रिटर्न में दुआयें और यादप्यार पदमगुणा दे रहें हैं . chāhē phone dvārā yād bhējī hai , chāhē patra dvārā , chāhē dil mē̃ yād kiyā hai , tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō chāhē bhārat K|kē , chāhē vidēśh K|kē return mē̃ duāyē̃ aur yādpyār padamguṇā dē rahē̃ haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē phone dvārā yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] return mē̃[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) heart in remember , then BapDada all child to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Bharat (K|of) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad (K|of) return in blessing and love, remembrance multimillion-fold (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) remain[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

533Whether you sent them by phone, by letter, or with your heart, in return, BapDada is giving to all the children from Bharat and from abroad, blessings and multi-million-fold love and remembrance.

450चारों ओर के परमात्म प्यार के अधिकारी बच्चों को , चारों ओर सर्व खज़ानों से भरपूर , निर्विघ्न , निर्विकल्प , निरव्यर्थ संकल्प रहने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , साथ-साथ सर्व परिवर्तन करने और कराने के उमंग-उत्साह में उड़ने वाले बच्चों को , साथ-साथ बापदादा को सच्ची दिल का समाचार देनेवाले सच्चे दिलवाले बच्चों को विशेष दिलाराम के रूप में , बाप के रूप में , शिक्षक के रूप में , सतगुरू के रूप में पदमगुणा यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē paramātma pyār K|kē adhikārī bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr sarv khazānō̃ sē bharpūr , nirvighna , nirvikalp , nirvyarth saṅkalp rahnē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sāth-sāth sarv parivartan karnē aur karānē K|kē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ uṛnē vālē bachchō̃ kō , sāth-sāth bāpdādā kō sachchī dil kā samāchār dēnēvālē sachchē dilvālē bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh dilārām K|kē rūp mē̃ , bāp K|kē rūp mē̃ , śhikṣhak K|kē rūp mē̃ , satgurū K|kē rūp mē̃ padamguṇā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] , nirvighna[adj.] , nirvikalp[adj.] , nirvyarth[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sāth-sāth sarv[adj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sāth-sāth bāpdādā kō[postp.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dilvālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dilārām K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , śhikṣhak[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) Supreme Soul love (K|of) (one) who has a right child to , everywhere all treasure from full , free from obstacles , free from all sinful thoughts , x thought remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul to , x all transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] and make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) zeal and enthusiasm in fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to , x BapDada to true heart of news x true the one with a heart child to special x (K|of) Rup in , father (K|of) Rup in , teacher (K|of) Rup in , Satguru (K|of) Rup in multimillion-fold love, remembrance and x .

534To all the children everywhere who have a right to God’s love... to all the elevated souls everywhere who remain full of all treasures, who are free from obstacles, free from sinful thoughts, and who remain free free from waste thoughts... to all the children who fly with the zeal of bringing about self-transformation, and who also inspire others to transform themselves... to the children with an honest heart who give BapDada their news with an honest heart... multi- million-fold love and remembrance from Baba, in the form of the Comforter of Hearts, in the form of the Father, the Teacher and the Satguru: love, remembrance, and namaste.

451बी . के . गाइड और सेवाधारी-बापदादा सेवाधारी बच्चों को सेवा की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . be|B . K|kē . guide aur sēvādhārī-bāpadādā sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kō sēvā key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . be|B . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . guide aur x sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (be|x) . (K|of) . guide and x server child to service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

535(BK guides and servers) BapDada is congratulating the serviceable children for their service.

452बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी आत्मायें लाई हैं , हिम्मत वाली लाई हैं , और हिम्मत का प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण दिखलाने वाली आत्मायें लाई है , इसलिए जो भी जितनों को भी लाये हैं , उतने पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . bahut achchhī-achchhī ātmāyē̃ lāī haĩ , himmat vālī lāī haĩ , aur himmat kā pratyakṣha pramāṇ dikhlānē vālī ātmāyē̃ lāī hai , isliē jō bhī jitnō̃ kō bhī lāyē haĩ , utnē padamguṇā mubārak hō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ dikhlānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . very achcha soul x[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , courage those who x[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , and courage of visible (under) show[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , therefore that too the more to too x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

536Very good. 537Good souls have come. 538You have brought courageous souls. 539You have brought souls who will show the practical proof of courage. 540Therefore, whoever and however many you have brought, that many multi-million-fold congratulations.

453अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

541It is good.

454गोल्डन चांस भी मिल गया . golden chance bhī mil gayā . golden chance bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . golden chance too receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

542You also received a golden chance.

455सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष फल तो मिल गया . sēvā kā pratyakṣha phal tō mil gayā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . service of visible fruit then receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

543You received the instant fruit of service.

456ऐसे ही सारे विश्व को बाप के प्यार , बाप के सन्देश का जरूर कार्य करते रहेंगे . aisē hī sārē viśhva kō bāp K|kē pyār , bāp K|kē sandēśh kā jarūr kārya kartē rahē̃gē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sandēśh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zarūr kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . such only the whole world to father (K|of) love , father (K|of) message of definitely task do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

544In the same way, definitely continue to carry on with the task of giving everyone the Father’s love, and his message.

457करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

545You have to do it.

458है ही इसीलिए निमित्त . hai hī isīliē nimitt . hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] isīliē nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] . be[pres.sg.23] only x instrument .

546This is why you are instruments.

459तो सच्चे-सच्चे पण्डे तो आप हो . tō sachchē-sachchē paṇḍē tō āp hō . tō sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then true x then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

547So, you are the true guides.

460कितनी अच्छी यात्रा करा दी है . kitnī achchhī yātrā karā dī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . so achcha pilgrimage make commit[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

548You took them on such a good pilgrimage.

461बापदादा बच्चों की सेवाको देख खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā bachchō̃ key|kī sēvākō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

549Seeing the service of the children, BapDada is pleased.

462तो देख लिया , अच्छे हैं , महारथी हैं , सेवा में महारथी बनके आये हैं . tō dēkh liyā , achchhē haĩ , mahārathī haĩ , sēvā mē̃ mahārathī bankē āyē haĩ . tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , maharathi be[pres.pl.12hon3] , service in maharathi become[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

550So, Baba has seen that you are good. 551You are maharathis. 552You have come here as maharathis on service.

463अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

553Achcha.

464टीचर्स को भी अच्छा चांस मिला है . teachers kō bhī achchhā chance milā hai . teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . teacher to too achcha chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

554The teachers also received a good chance.

465पाण्डवों को भी अच्छा चांस मिला है . pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī achchhā chance milā hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Pandava to too achcha chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

555The Pandavas too received a good chance.

466दादियों से  : दादियों को देख करके सभी खुश हो रहे हो ना . dādiyō̃ sē  : dādiyō̃ kō dēkh karkē sabhī khuśh hō rahē hō nā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . Dadi from  : Dadi to see[root] do[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .

556(to the Dadis)Everyone is experiencing happiness on seeing the Dadis.

467दादियों को प्यार मिला , सबको मिला . dādiyō̃ kō pyār milā , sabkō milā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] , sabkō milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] . Dadi to love (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , everything (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .

557When the Dadis receive love, it means everyone receives it.

468अच्छा है , आप सभी निमित्त बने हुए को देख करके हर्षित होते हैं . achchhā hai , āp sabhī nimitt banē huē kō dēkh karkē harṣhit hōtē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you all instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to see[root] do[abs.] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

558It is good. 559Seeing all of you who have become instruments, everyone is happy.

469मुन्नी बहन से  : निमित्त बने हुए कार्य को अच्छी तरह से चला रही हो , चलाती रहेगी . Munnī bahan sē  : nimitt banē huē kārya kō achchhī tarah sē chalā rahī hō , chalātī rahēgī . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chalānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , chalānā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x x from  : instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] task to achcha x from x[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , x[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 470आप सभी भी निमित्त हो . āp sabhī bhī nimitt hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you all too instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 471सबकी नजर पहले मधुबन निवासियों के ऊपर पडती है . sabkī najar pahlē madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kē ūpar paḍtī hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23] . everyone's glance (x|firstly) Madhuban resident over fall[pres.sg.f.23] . 472मधुबन में निमित्त बनना अर्थात् लाइट हाउस बनना , लाइट देना . madhuban mē̃ nimitt bannā arthāt light house bannā , light dēnā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt light house[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , light dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Madhuban in instrument become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is lighthouse become[inf.m.sg.d.] , light give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 473नीलू बहन से  : अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो और निर्संकल्प होकर बजाती रहो . nīlū bahan sē  : achchhā part bajā rahī hō aur nirsaṅkalpa hōkar bajātī rahō . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] aur x hōnā[abs.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x x from  : achcha play one's part and x be[abs.] play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 474बापदादा आपके दिल की बातें जानते हैं . bāpdādā āpkē dil key|kī bātē̃ jāntē haĩ . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada you[.kē] heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 475 ( दादी रतनमोहिनी ने जापान , हांगकांग , मनीला के भाई-वहनों की याद दी ) , वहाँ सेवा करके वापस आई हैं - सेवा में कितनो की दुआये मिलती है . ( dādī ratanmōhinī nē jāpān , hāṅgakāṅg , manīlā K|kē bhāī-vahanō̃ key|kī yād the|dī ) , vahā̃ sēvā karkē vāpas āī haĩ - sēvā mē̃ kitnō key|kī duāyē miltī hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ratanmōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] jāpān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x , x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] ) , vahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] vāpis, vāpas ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] - sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( Dadi Ratanmohini ∅ x , x , x (K|of) brother and sister (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance (the|give[past-part.f.]) ) , there service do[abs.] back come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] - service in so (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing receive[pres.sg.f.23] . 476दुआये देकर भी आते हो और दुआये लेकर भी आते हो . duāyē dēkar bhī ātē hō aur duāyē lēkar bhī ātē hō . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[abs.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[abs.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] . blessing give[abs.] too come[pres.pl.m.2] and blessing take[abs.] too come[pres.pl.m.2] . 477रिफ्रेश होना अर्थात् दिल में शक्तियो की ज्वाला जग जाती है . refresh hōnā arthāt dil mē̃ śhaktiyō key|kī jvālā jag jātī hai . refresh hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jvālā[n.f.;sg.] jagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . refresh be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is heart in Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) fire wake up[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 478सब खुश भी होते है और आपकी सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष फल आपको भी मिल जाता है . sab khuśh bhī hōtē hai aur āpkī sēvā kā pratyakṣha phal āpkō bhī mil jātā hai . sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[x] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . all happy too be[x] and you[.kī] service of visible fruit you[.kō] too receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

479तीनों वड़े भाईयों से - सेवा का फल आपको भी मिल जाता है . tīnō̃ vaṛē bhāīyō̃ sē - sēvā kā phal āpkō bhī mil jātā hai . tīnō̃[adj.] x bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . all three x brother from - service of fruit you[.kō] too receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

560(to the three senior brothers)You too receive the fruit of service.

480तीनो ही मिलके यज्ञ की कई कारोबार सम्भाल रहे हो , सम्भालते रहना , तीनो मिलके . tīnō hī milkē yagya key|kī kaī kārōbār sambhāl rahē hō , sambhāltē rahnā , tīnō milkē . tīnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] hī[p.] milnā[abs.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kaī kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , sambhālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , tīnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] milnā[abs.] . all three only receive[abs.] sacrificial fire (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) some x be careful[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , be careful[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , all three receive[abs.] .

561All of you three together are looking after many activities of the yagya. 562Continue to look after them together.

481एकने कहा दूसरे ने हो जी किया . ēkanē kahā dūsrē nē hō jī kiyā . x kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nē[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jīnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] . x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] other ∅ (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) live[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] .

563One says one thing and the other person says “ha ji”.

482ऐसा है ना  ! aisā hai nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

564It is like that, is it not?

483बापदादा खुश होते है , जब मिल करके कोई कार्य सफल करते हो . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē hai , jab mil karkē kōī kārya saphal kartē hō . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[x] , jab milnā[root] karnā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . BapDada happy be[x] , when receive[root] do[abs.] some task successful do[pres.pl.m.2] .

565BapDada is pleased when you perform any task together successfully.

484कर रहे हो , करते रहेगे . kar rahē hō , kartē rahēgē . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x . do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x .

566You are doing this, and will continue to do it.

485अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

567Achcha.

486 ( मदुरई के मेगा प्रोग्राम का समाचार बापदादा को सुनाया और सभी की याद दी ) बापदादा ने कहा मदुरई व तामिलनाडु के सभी भाई-बहनों को भी बहुत-बहुत याद देना . ( maduraī K|kē mega programme kā samāchār bāpdādā kō sunāyā aur sabhī key|kī yād the|dī ) bāpdādā nē kahā maduraī va tāmilnāḍu K|kē sabhī bhāī-bahanō̃ kō bhī bahut-bahut yād dēnā . ( x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mega programme[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x va x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( x (K|of) mega programme of news BapDada to speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] and all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance (the|give[past-part.f.]) ) BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] x x x (K|of) all brother and sister to too very remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

568(BapDada was given news of the mega programme in Madurai, and also remembrance from everyone there) Give lots and lots of love and remembrance to all the brothers and sisters from Madurai and Tamil Nadu.

487 ( निवैर भाई आस्ट्रेलिया , न्यूजीलैण्ड सेवा पर जाने की छुट्टी ले रहे हैं ) - आस्ट्रेलिया को थोड़ा बल भरना . ( nivair bhāī Australia , nyūjīlaiṇḍa sēvā par jānē key|kī chhuṭṭī lē rahē haĩ ) - Australia kō thōṛā bal bharnā . ( x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] Australia , x sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) - Australia kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) Australia , x service (at|other) (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) permission take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) - Australia to short strength fill[inf.m.sg.d.] . 488आस्ट्रेलिया नम्बरवन था . Australia number one thā . Australia number one hōnā[past.m.sg] . Australia number one be[past.m.sg] .

489अभी हो रहा है , हो जायेगा . abhī hō rahā hai , hō jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . now be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

490आत्मायें बहुत अच्छी हिम्मत कर आगे बढ रही हैं , लेकिन गुप्त है . ātmāyē̃ bahut achchhī himmat kar āgē baḍh rahī haĩ , lēkin gupta hai . ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] āgē x rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , lēkin gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . soul very achcha courage do[root] previously x remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , but incognito be[pres.sg.23] . 491अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

492मधुबन निवासी समर्पित भाई-बहनों ने बापदादा से मुलाकातmadhuban nivāsī samarpit bhāī-bahanō̃ nē bāpdādā sē mulākātmadhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samarpit[adj.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]Madhuban resident x brother and sister ∅ BapDada from x

569(to surrendered brothers and sisters)

493मधुबन निवासी बच्चों को , जो भी ब्राह्मण हैं वह सभी किस नजर से देखते हैं . madhuban nivāsī bachchō̃ kō , jō bhī brāhmaṇ haĩ vah sabhī kis najar sē dēkhtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban resident child to , that too Brahmin be[pres.pl.12hon3] that all (who|what) glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 494जानते हो ना . jāntē hō nā . jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

570Do you know with which vision everyone sees all the Madhuban residents who are Brahmins?

495मधुबन नियासियों को सभी बहुत विशेष नजर से देखते हैं . madhuban niyāsiyō̃ kō sabhī bahut viśhēṣh najar sē dēkhtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bahut viśhēṣh[adj.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban x to all very special glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

571Everyone sees the Madhuban residents with very special vision.

496जैसे स्थान विशेष है , हेडक्वार्टर कहा जाता है . jaisē sthān viśhēṣh hai , headquarter kahā jātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , headquarter kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . like place special be[pres.sg.23] , Headquarters (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) . 497ऐसे ही हर एक मधुबन निवासियों को उसी नजर से देखते हैं . aisē hī har ēk madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō usī najar sē dēkhtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] har ēk[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vah[pn.sg.hī] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such only each one Madhuban resident to that[.hī] glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 498यह विशेष आत्मायें हैं . yah viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this special soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

572Just as the place is special and is called the Headquarters, in the same way, they see each one of the Madhuban residents with the vision that they are special souls.

499और आज तो विशेष समर्पित भाई-बहन बैठे हो . aur āj tō viśhēṣh samarpit bhāī-bahan baiṭhē hō . aur āj tō viśhēṣh[adj.] samarpit[adj.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . and today then special x brother and sister sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

573Today, it is especially the surrendered brothers and sisters who are sitting here.

500समर्पित अर्थात् तन-मन-वस्तु चाहे किसी भी रूप में है , साधन के रूप में है या धन के रूप में है . samarpit arthāt tan-man-vastu chāhē kisī bhī rūp mē̃ hai , sādhan K|kē rūp mē̃ hai yā dhan K|kē rūp mē̃ hai . samarpit[adj.] arthāt x chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x that is x (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) too Rup in be[pres.sg.23] , facilities (K|of) Rup in be[pres.sg.23] or wealth (K|of) Rup in be[pres.sg.23] . 501लेकिन समर्पित अर्थात् जो भी है वह बाप के अर्पण हो गया . lēkin samarpit arthāt jō bhī hai vah bāp K|kē arpaṇ hō gayā . lēkin samarpit[adj.] arthāt jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . but x that is that too be[pres.sg.23] that father (K|of) surrender be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

574To be surrendered means - whether it is your body, mind, or materials in whatever form - that whatever you have is surrendered to the Father.

502उसी को ही समर्पित कहा जाता है . usī kō hī samarpit kahā jātā hai . vah[pn.sg.hī] kō[postp.] hī[p.] samarpit[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . that[.hī] to only x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .

575That is called surrendered.

503समर्पित अर्थात् जिसमें मेरापन का अंश भी नहीं . samarpit arthāt jismē̃ mērāpan kā aṅśh bhī nahī̃ . samarpit[adj.] arthāt jō[pn.sg.mē̃] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . x that is that[.mē̃] x of trace too not .

576Surrendered means that which doesn’t have the slightest trace of the consciousness of “mine”.

504कभी गलती से भी मेरापन नहीं है . kabhī galatī|galtī sē bhī mērāpan nahī̃ hai . kabhī[adv.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ever (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from too x not be[pres.sg.23] .

577Not even by mistake should there be the consciousness of “mine”.

505समर्पित का अर्थ ही है - मेरा एक बाबा , बाप के साथ दादा तो है ही . samarpit kā arth|earth hī hai - mērā ēk bābā , bāp kē sāth dādā tō hai hī . samarpit[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] bābā , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . x of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] - I[.kā] one Baba , father with Dada then be[pres.sg.23] only .

578Surrendered means mine is one Baba, and Dada is with the Father anyway.

506समर्पित अर्थात् साकार रूप में कर्म में ब्रह्मा बाप समान और निराकारी श्रेष्ठ योग की स्थिति में निराकार शिव बाप के समान . samarpit arthāt sākār rūp mē̃ karma mē̃ brahmā bāp samān aur nirākārī śhrēṣhṭh yōg key|kī sthiti mē̃ nirākār śhiv bāp K|kē samān . samarpit[adj.] arthāt sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] aur nirākār[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nirākār[adj.] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samān[adj.] . x that is sakar Rup in deed in Brahma equal to the Father and incorporeal elevated yoga (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage in incorporeal Shiva father (K|of) equal .

579Surrendered means to be equal to Father Brahma in your actions, in the corporeal form, and in the elevated incorporeal stage equal to incorporeal Father Shiva.

507तो ऐसे अपने को समझते हो  ? tō aisē apnē kō samajhtē hō  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then such one’s own to understand[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

580So, do you consider yourselves to be like that?

508न हद का मैंपन , न हद का मेरापन . na had kā maĩpan , na had kā mērāpan . na[neg] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , na[neg] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . not x of consciousness of “I” , not x of x .

581Neither is there any limited consciousness of “I” nor any limited consciousness of “mine”.

509स्थान भी देखो चाहे पाण्डव भवन है , चाहे शान्तिवन है , चाहे ज्ञान सरोवर है , चाहे हॉस्पिटल है , लेकिन स्थान भी बेहद के मिले हैं . sthān bhī dēkhō chāhē pāṇḍav bhavan hai , chāhē śhāntivan hai , chāhē gyān sarōvar hai , chāhē hospital hai , lēkin sthān bhī bēhad K|kē milē haĩ . sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pāṇḍav bhavan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē gyān sarōvar[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē hospital hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . place too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Shantivan be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Gyan Sarovar be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) hospital be[pres.sg.23] , but place too unlimited (K|of) receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

582Look at the place too: whether it is Pandav Bhavan, Shantivan, Gyan Sarovar, or the Hospital, the places you have are also unlimited.

510संगठन भी बेहद का मिला है . saṅgaṭhan bhī bēhad kā milā hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] bēhad kā[x] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . gathering too unlimited receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

583You also have an unlimited gathering.

511ऐसे बेहद की स्थिति अनुभव करते हो  ? aisē bēhad key|kī sthiti anubhav kartē hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? such unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage experience do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

512जो समझते हैं कि बेहद की स्थिति रहती है , हद का मैं और मेरापन नहीं है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki bēhad key|kī sthiti rahtī hai , had kā maĩ aur mērāpan nahī̃ hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bēhad[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that unlimited (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage remain[pres.sg.f.23] , x of I and x not be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .

584Those who think that you have an unlimited stage, that you don’t have any limited consciousness of “I” or “mine”, raise your hands.

513मेरापन नहीं है  ? mērāpan nahī̃ hai  ? mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

585You do not have any consciousness of “mine”?

514फिर तो मधुबन निवासी मैजारिटी पास है . phir tō madhuban nivāsī majority pās|pass hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (then|turn[root]) then Madhuban resident majority (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] . 515तो दादियों द्वारा पास सर्टीफिकेट मिला है  ? tō dādiyō̃ dvārā pās|pass certificate milā hai  ? tō dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā pās|pass certificate milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? then Dadi through (x|pass) certificate receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

586Then the majority of the Madhuban residents have passed So, have you received a pass certificate from the Dadis?

516हाँ सभी कहते हैं , मेरे में मेरापन नहीं है , मैपन नहीं है . hā̃ sabhī kahtē haĩ , mērē mē̃ mērāpan nahī̃ hai , maipan nahī̃ hai . hā̃ sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . yes all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , I[.kē] in x not be[pres.sg.23] , consciousness of “I” not be[pres.sg.23] . 517आपने ( दादी से ) सर्टीफिकेट दिया है  ? āpnē ( dādī sē ) certificate diyā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.nē] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) certificate dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? you[.nē] ( Dadi from ) certificate give[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

587Everyone is saying “yes” that they don’t have any consciousness of “mine”, or any consciousness of “I”. (to Dadiji) Have you given them this certificate?

518 ( नहीं ) | जिन्होंने हाथ उठाया है वो लिखकर दे देवे तो पक्का हो जायेगा . ( nahī̃ ) | jinhōnnē hāth uṭhāyā hai vō likhkar dē dēvē tō pakkā hō jāyēgā . ( nahī̃[neg] ) | jō[pn.pl.nē] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] likhnā[abs.] dēnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . ( not ) | that[.nē] raise your hands that write[abs.] give[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] then firm be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

588(No. 589Those who have raised their hands should give it in writing and then it will become fixed).

519फिर तो बाप समान बन गये ना . phir tō bāp samān ban gayē nā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō bāp samān[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . (then|turn[root]) then equal to the Father become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .

590Then you have become equal to the Father, have you not?

520देखो , तीन सर्टिफिकेट लेने हैं . dēkhō , tīn certificate lēnē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tīn[adj.] certificate lēnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x certificate take[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .

591Look, you have to receive three certificates.

521एक स्वयं को साक्षी होकर सर्टीफिकेट देना . ēk svayã kō sākṣhī hōkar certificate dēnā . ēk[adj.] svayã kō[postp.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] certificate dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one x to detached observer be[abs.] certificate give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

592One is to give yourself a certificate as a detached observer.

522हाथ उठाने से नही , हाथ तो सभी उठा लेते हैं . hāth uṭhānē sē nahī , hāth tō sabhī uṭhā lētē haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] from not , hand then all uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

593Not by raising your hand, because everyone raises their hand.

523कोई भी क्वेश्चन में उठा लेते हैं . kōī bhī question mē̃ uṭhā lētē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] question mē̃[postp.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . anyone question in uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

594They raise it to any question.

524मन का हाथ उठे . man kā hāth uṭhē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . mind of hand (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

595Raise the hand of your mind.

525एक अपने आपको साक्षीदृष्टा बन सर्टिफिकेट दो . ēk apnē āpkō sākṣīdr̥ṣṭā ban certificate dō . ēk[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] x bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] certificate dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . one one’s own you[.kō] x (become[root]|x) certificate (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

596Firstly, give yourself a certificate by being a detached observer.

526और दूसरा - जिन साथियों के साथ कार्य करते हो उनका सर्टिफिकेट चाहिए . aur dūsrā - jin sāthiyō̃ kē sāth kārya kartē hō unkā certificate chāhiē . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.pl.o.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.pl.kā] certificate chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . and other - that companion with task do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kā] certificate (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

597Secondly, you also need a certificate from the companions you work with.

527तीसरा - दादियों का चाहिए . tīsrā - dādiyō̃ kā chāhiē . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . third - Dadi of (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

598Thirdly you need a certificate from the Dadis.

528चौथा - बाप का चाहिए क्योंकि बाप तो सबके मन की गति को देखते हैं . chauthā - bāp kā chāhiē kyōṅki bāp tō sabkē man key|kī gati kō dēkhtē haĩ . chauthā[adj.] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . fourth - father of (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) because father then everyone's mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

599Fourthly, you need it from the Father. 600The Father sees the condition of everyone’s mind.

529मुख की गति नहीं , मन की गति को देखते हैं . mukh key|kī gati nahī̃ , man key|kī gati kō dēkhtē haĩ . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . mouth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed not , mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

601He doesn’t see the condition of your mouth (words), but the condition of your mind.

530अच्छा है , हिम्मत रखी है हाथ उठाने की , तो हिम्मत को कायम रखना . achchhā hai , himmat rakhī hai hāth uṭhānē key|kī , tō himmat kō kāyam rakhnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , then courage to x keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

602It is good. 603You have maintained courage in raising your hands, and so always keep this courage with you.

531प्रत्यक्ष रूप में दिखाई देवे कि मधुबन निवासी हर एक सर्टीफिकेट लेने वाला है क्योंकि मधुबन का वायुमण्डल छिपता नहीं है . pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ dikhāī dēvē ki madhuban nivāsī har ēk certificate lēnē vālā hai kyōṅki madhuban kā vāyumaṇḍal chhiptā nahī̃ hai . pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] certificate lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhipnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . visible Rup in be visible that Madhuban resident each one certificate take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] because Madhuban of atmosphere secretly[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

604It should be seen in a practical way that those from Madhuban are those who claim every type of certificate, because the atmosphere of Madhuban cannot remain hidden.

532मधुबन वाले समीप रहते हैं , बाप की पालना , विशेष आत्माओं की पालना मिल रही है . madhuban vālē samīp rahtē haĩ , bāp key|kī pālnā , viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ key|kī pālnā mil rahī hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Madhuban those who close remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) , special soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

605Those from Madhuban remain close. 606You are receiving sustenance from the Father and special souls.

533अभी बापदादा मधुबन निवासियों से एक बात चाहते हैं , हर शख्स जो भी सेवा अर्थ निमित्त है , उस सेवा में वायुमण्डल ऐसे स्पष्ट दिखाई दे , जैसे फरिश्ते कर्मयोगी बनके कर्म कर रहे हैं क्योंकि सभी की नजर मधुबन निवासियों की तरफ जाती है . abhī bāpdādā madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē ēk bāt chāhtē haĩ , har|her śakhsa jō bhī sēvā arth|earth nimitt hai , us sēvā mē̃ vāyumaṇḍal aisē spaṣhṭ dikhāī dē , jaisē phariśhtē karmayōgī bankē karma kar rahē haĩ kyōṅki sabhī key|kī najar madhuban nivāsiyō̃ key|kī taraph jātī hai . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her x jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karmyōgī[adj.] bannā[abs.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . now BapDada Madhuban resident from one matter x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) x that too service (meaning|earth) instrument be[pres.sg.23] , that service in atmosphere such clearly be visible , like angel karma yogi become[abs.] deed do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) glance Madhuban resident (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction go[pres.sg.f.23] .

607Now, BapDada wants one thing from the Madhuban residents. 608Each one of you, whatever service you are instruments for, the atmosphere in that service should be seen clearly, as though angels as karma yogis are performing actions, because everyone’s vision goes towards the Madhuban residents.

534मधुबन में क्या हो रहा है , मधुबन वाले क्या कर रहे हैं . madhuban mē̃ kyā hō rahā hai , madhuban vālē kyā kar rahē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Madhuban in what be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , Madhuban those who what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

609“What is happening in Madhuban?... what are the residents of Madhuban doing?”.

535मधुबन में आप नही रहते हो लेकिन वर्ल्ड की स्टेज पर रहते हो . madhuban mē̃ āp nahī rahtē hō lēkin world key|kī stage par rahtē hō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin world key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . Madhuban in you not remain[pres.pl.m.2] but world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage (at|other) remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

610You are not living in Madhuban, but on the world stage.

536तो स्टेज पर स्वतः ही सभी की नजर जाती है . tō stage par svataḥ hī sabhī key|kī najar jātī hai . tō stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] svataḥ hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then stage (at|other) automatically only all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) glance go[pres.sg.f.23] .

611So, everyone’s vision automatically goes to the stage.

537अच्छा है सेवा में मैजारिटी का सर्टिफिकेट बहुत अच्छा है समान बनने में . achchhā hai sēvā mē̃ majority kā certificate bahut achchhā hai samān bannē mē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] service in majority of certificate very achcha be[pres.sg.23] equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in .

612It is good. 613The majority of you have received a very good certificate in service.

538अभी बनना है , यह लक्ष्य रखना है . abhī bannā hai , yah lakṣhya rakhnā hai . ab[adv.hī] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this aim keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

614In becoming equal, you still have to become that, so keep that aim.

539बाप जैसी चलन हो , चेहरा हो , तभी बाप प्रत्यक्ष होगा . bāp jaisī chalan hō , chēhrā hō , tabhī bāp pratyakṣha hōgā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tabhī bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . father like behaviour (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , face (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x father visible be[fut.m.sg.23] .

615Your activity and face should be like that of the Father, for only then will the Father be revealed.

540तो अभी मधुबन निवासियों को हर संकल्प , बोल … बोल में भी समानता चाहिए . tō abhī madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō har|her saṅkalp , bōl … bōl mē̃ bhī samāntā chāhiē . tō ab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] … bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] samāntā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . then now Madhuban resident to (x[root]|x) thought , (speak[root]|x) … (speak[root]|x) in too equality (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

616So now, Madhuban residents have to bring about equality in every thought and every word.

541और कर्म , आपस में सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क , सबमें समानता . aur karma , āpas mē̃ sambandh-sampark , sabmē̃ samāntā . aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āpas mē̃[x] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sabmē̃ samāntā[n.f.;sg.] . and deed , with each other x , x equality .

617And, in your actions, and in your relations and connections: there has to be equality in everything.

542यह विशेष अटेन्शन देना है . yah viśhēṣh attention dēnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this special attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

618You have to pay this special attention.

543साधारण है , समानता लानी है . sādhāraṇ hai , samāntā lānī hai . sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , samāntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . ordinary be[pres.sg.23] , equality x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

619It is ordinary and you have to bring equality.

544सेवा का बल चला रहा है लेकिन चारों ही सबजेक्ट में अपने को चेक करो . sēvā kā bal chalā rahā hai lēkin chārō̃ hī subject mē̃ apnē kō check karō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin chārō̃ hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of strength (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) but x only subject in one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 545फिर अपने को सर्टीफिकेट दो . phir apnē kō certificate dō . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] certificate dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . (then|turn[root]) one’s own to certificate (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

620The power of service is making you move along. 621Check yourself in all the four subjects, and then give yourself a certificate.

546अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

622Achcha.

547आज विशेष मिलना तो हुआ ना . āj viśhēṣh milnā tō huā nā . āj viśhēṣh[adj.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . today special receive[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

623Today, you had a special meeting, did you not?

548बाप ने तो आपकी आशा पूर्ण की , अभी बाप की आशा पूर्ण करना . bāp nē tō āpkī āśhā pūrṇ key|kī , abhī bāp key|kī āśhā pūrṇ karnā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrṇ[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ then you[.kī] desire x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , now father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) desire x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

624The Father fulfilled your desires. 625So, now fulfil the Father’s hopes.

549समर्पण होना यह छोटी-सी बात नहीं है . samarpaṇ hōnā yah chhōṭī-sī bāt nahī̃ hai . samarpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . surrender be[inf.m.sg.d.] this small matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

626To be surrendered is not a small thing.

550समर्पित उसको कहा जायेगा जो बाप समान सभी सबजेक्ट में हो . samarpit uskō kahā jāyēgā jō bāp samān sabhī subject mē̃ hō . samarpit[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] jō[pn.;d.] bāp samān[x] sab[adv.hī] subject mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x that[.kō] (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) that equal to the Father all subject in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

627Those who are equal to the Father in every subject are said to be surrendered.

551बाकी विशेष तो हो ही . bākī viśhēṣh tō hō hī . bākī|bākī viśhēṣh[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] . (others|but) special then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only .

628Everyone sees you all as special.

552मधुबन की सभी आत्माओं को हर एक बहुत बड़े रिगार्ड सै देखते हैं . madhuban key|kī sabhī ātmāō̃ kō har ēk bahut baṛē regard sai dēkhtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] har ēk[x] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] regard x dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) all soul to each one very very regard x see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

629Everyone sees all the souls of Madhuban with a lot of regard.

553मधुबन के हैं , मधुबन के हैं . madhuban K|kē haĩ , madhuban K|kē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Madhuban (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

630“They are from Madhuban... they are from Madhuban”.

554तो काई कमाल करके दिखाना , आपस में छोटा-छोटा संगठन का प्रोग्राम बनाके बाप समान किस-किस बात में हैं . किसमे थोड़ा-सा रहा हुआ है , यह चेक करो . tō kāī kamāl karkē dikhānā , āpas mē̃ chhōṭā-chhōṭā saṅgaṭhan kā programme banākē bāp samān kis-kis bāt mē̃ haĩ . kisamē thōṛā-sā rahā huā hai , yah check karō . tō kāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āpas mē̃[x] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[abs.] bāp samān[x] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] , with each other small gathering of programme create[abs.] equal to the Father (who|what) matter in be[pres.pl.12hon3] . x a small amount of (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

631So, definitely show this by performing some wonder. 632Make a programme amongst yourselves of creating small groups to check in which aspects you are equal to the Father, and in which aspect something is still lacking a little.

555वास्तव में चेकिंग जितनी अपने आप गहरी कर सकते हो , यथार्थ कर सकते हो वैसा दूसरा नही कर सकता . vāstav mē̃ checking jitnī apnē āp gahrī kar saktē hō , yathārth kar saktē hō vaisā dūsrā nahī kar saktā . vāstav mē̃[x] checking jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] apnē āp[x] gahrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , yathārth[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x x the more by yourself deep do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] x other not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

633In fact, others cannot do, in the same way, the checking that you yourself can do deeply and accurately.

556बाकी सभी अच्छी तरह से रह रहे हो ना , कोई कमी तो नहीं है | यह भी भाग्य है . bākī sabhī achchhī tarah sē rah rahē hō nā , kōī kamī tō nahī̃ hai | yah bhī bhāgya hai . bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā , kōī[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] | yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) all achcha x from remain[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ , some x then not be[pres.sg.23] | this too x be[pres.sg.23] .

634All of you are living comfortably, are you not? 635You are not lacking anything, are you? 636This is also a fortune.

557भाग्य ने आपको मधुबन निवासी बनाया है . bhāgya nē āpkō madhuban nivāsī banāyā hai . bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x ∅ you[.kō] Madhuban resident create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

637It is fortune that has made you residents of Madhuban.

558तो सब खुश हैं  ? tō sab khuśh haĩ  ? tō sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

638So, are all of you happy?

559खुश रहत हो कि बीच-बीच में थोडे नाराज़ हा जाते हो  ? khuśh rahat hō ki bīch-bīch mē̃ thōḍē nārāz hā jātē hō  ? khuśh[adj.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nārāz[adj.] x jānā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? happy x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that x short upset x go[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

639Do you remain happy or do you become a little upset every now and then?

560अपने आपको रियलाइज़ करो . apnē āpkō realise karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] realise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own you[.kō] realise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

640Realise yourself.

561रियलाइज अर्थात् मैं जो हूँ , जैसा हूँ , वैसे अपने को समझना . realise arthāt maĩ jō hū̃ , jaisā hū̃ , vaisē apnē kō samajhnā . realise arthāt maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . realise that is I that be[pres.sg.1] , like be[pres.sg.1] , x one’s own to understand[inf.m.sg.d.] .

641To realise means to understand yourself, as you are, and what you are.

562आत्मा हूँ , यह कॉमन है , लेकिन चलते-फिरते महूससता आत्म-अभिमानी की रहती है  ? ātmā hū̃ , yah common hai , lēkin chaltē-phirtē mahūsasatā ātma-abhimānī kī rahtī hai  ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] common hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin chaltā-phirtā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x ātma-abhimānī[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]  ? soul be[pres.sg.1] , this x be[pres.sg.23] , but mobile x soul conscious do[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]  ?

642To think “I am a soul” is common. 643But, whilst walking and moving around, do you have that realisation of soul consciousness?

563इसको कहेंगे रियलाइजेशन . iskō kahē̃gē realisation . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] realisation . this[.kō] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] realisation .

644That is called realisation.

564संस्कार है , संस्कार का ज्ञान है , नॉलेज है , संस्कार समाप्त हुए हैं , परिवर्तन हुए हैं व नहीं  ? saṅskār hai , saṅskār kā gyān hai , knowledge hai , saṅskār samāpt huē haĩ , parivartan huē haĩ va nahī̃  ? saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , knowledge hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅskār[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] va nahī̃[neg]  ? sanskar be[pres.sg.23] , sanskar of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , sanskar finished be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , transformation be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x not  ?

645You have sanskars, you have knowledge of sanskars, you have knowledge. 646Have your sanskars finished? 647Has transformation taken place or not?

565यह अपने को महसूस हो , यह नहीं है , यह ठीक है , यह नहीं ठीक है . yah apnē kō mahsūs hō , yah nahī̃ hai , yah ṭhīk hai , yah nahī̃ ṭhīk hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this one’s own to experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this not be[pres.sg.23] , this OK be[pres.sg.23] , this not OK be[pres.sg.23] . 566दूसरा महसूस करायेगा तो महसूस नहीं होता है . dūsrā mahsūs karāyēgā tō mahsūs nahī̃ hōtā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahsūs[adj.] karānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō mahsūs[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . other experienced make commit[fut.m.sg.23] then experienced not be[pres.sg.m.23] .

648You should realise these things. 649“I do not have this... this is okay, this is not okay...”: when others make you realise, you don’t realise it.

567तो अपने आपको रियलाइज करने का पाठ पढ़ाना . tō apnē āpkō realise karnē kā pāṭh paṛhānā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] realise karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one’s own you[.kō] realise do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of lesson teach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

650So, teach yourself the lesson to make yourself realise.

568जैसे सप्ताह कोर्स करते हो ना आत्मा , परमात्मा , योग , ड्रामा , ऐसे अपने आपको रियलाइज करना . jaisē saptāh course kartē hō nā ātmā , paramātmā , yōg , drama , aisē apnē āpkō realise karnā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] course karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , drama , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] realise karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . like week course do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ soul , Supreme Soul , yoga , drama , such one’s own you[.kō] realise do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

651Just as you have the seven days course of the soul, God, drama... in the same way realise yourself.

569अभी रियलाइजेशन का समय है . abhī realisation kā samay hai . ab[adv.hī] realisation kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now realisation of time be[pres.sg.23] . 570जो बाप चाहता है वह कर रहा हूँ  ? jō bāp chāhtā hai vah kar rahā hū̃  ? jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1]  ? that father x[pres.sg.m.23] that do[pres.sg.m.prog.1]  ?

652Now is the time for 653realisation: “am I doing what the Father wants?”.

571सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में भी रियलाइज करो , शुभभावना , शुभकामना है  ? sambandh-sampark mē̃ bhī realise karō , śhubhbhāvnā , śhubhkāmnā hai  ? sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] realise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhubh bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x in too realise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pure feeling , good wishes be[pres.sg.23]  ?

654Have realisation in your relationships and connections: “do I have good wishes and pure feelings?”.

572ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

655Is it okay?

573रियलाइजेशन कोर्स अपने आपको कराओ . realisation course apnē āpkō karāō . realisation course apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . realisation course one’s own you[.kō] make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

656Have the realisation course for yourself.

574यह दूसरा नहीं करा सकता . yah dūsrā nahī̃ karā saktā . yah[pn.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this other not make commit[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

657No one else can do this for you.

575सब कोर्स किया , अभी लास्ट कोर्स है रियलाइजेशन कोर्स . sab course kiyā , abhī last course hai realisation course . sab[adj.] course karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] last course hōnā[pres.sg.23] realisation course . all course do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now last course be[pres.sg.23] realisation course .

658You have done all the courses: this is the last course, the realisation course.

576अपने को चलाना नहीं , चलता है , है ही . apnē kō chalānā nahī̃ , chaltā hai , hai hī . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . one’s own to x[inf.m.sg.d.] not , continue[pres.sg.m.23] , be[pres.sg.23] only .

659Do not just make yourself simply move along, thinking that it is okay, it is fine.

577समय धोखा नहीं दे देवे ना , मधुबन निवासी हो . samay dhōkhā nahī̃ dē dēvē nā , madhuban nivāsī hō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] nā , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . time deception not give[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] ∅ , Madhuban resident (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

660Time should not deceive you. 661You are residents of Madhuban.

578तो साथ चलने वाले हो ना . tō sāth chalnē vālē hō nā . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then with continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

662So, you are those who will go with the Father.

579बीच में अटकने वाले तो नहीं हो ना . bīch mē̃ aṭaknē vālē tō nahī̃ hō nā . bīch mē̃[postp.] aṭaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . centre in become stuck[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

663You are not those who are going to get stuck in between are you?

580तो रियलाइजेशन कोर्स अपने आपका शुरू करो . tō realisation course apnē āpkā śhurū karō . tō realisation course apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kā] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then realisation course one’s own you[.kā] beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

664So, begin the realisation course by yourself.

581एक-एक बात में रियलाइज करो . ēk-ēk bāt mē̃ realise karō . ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] realise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one matter in realise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

665Realise yourself in each and every aspect.

582अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

666Achcha.

583मिल तो लिया , अभी क्या करना है . mil tō liyā , abhī kyā karnā hai . milnā[root] tō lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . receive[root] then take[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

667You have now met Baba. 668What are we going to do now?

584दृष्टि लेनी है तो दृष्टि में बापदादा को सदा रखना है . dr̥iṣhṭi lēnī hai tō dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ bāpdādā kō sadā rakhnā hai . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sadā rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . drishti take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then drishti in BapDada to constantly keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

669You want to receive drishti, and so always keep BapDada in your drishti.

585ऐसे ही दृष्टि नहीं लेनी है . aisē hī dr̥iṣhṭi nahī̃ lēnī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . such only drishti not take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

670Do not take drishti just like that.

586दृष्टि लेना अर्थात् दृष्टि में बाप को समाना . dr̥iṣhṭi lēnā arthāt dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ bāp kō samānā . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . drishti take[inf.m.sg.d.] that is drishti in father to merge[inf.m.sg.d.] .

671To take drishti means to merge the Father in your drishti.

587ऐसी दृष्टि लेना . aisī dr̥iṣhṭi lēnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such drishti take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

672Take drishti in this way.

588अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

673Achcha.

589ओम शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti . Om peace .

674* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
⬇️ CSV ⬇️ Excel (3 columns) ⬇️ Excel (2 columns)
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)